~ubuntu-branches/ubuntu/oneiric/denemo/oneiric

<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="denemo.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.67.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2722785"></a></h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Richard</span> <span class="surname">Shann</span></h3><code class="email"><<a href="mailto:Richard.Shann**at**virgin.com">Richard.Shann**at**virgin.com</a>></code></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Aaron</span> <span class="surname">Mehl</span></h3><code class="email"><<a href="mailto:aamehl@actcom.net.il">aamehl@actcom.net.il</a>></code></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">0.8.8</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright � 2009 Denemo Project</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id2722794"></a><p>This Manual is released under the Creative Commons License, this

manual may be quoted, and freely distributed as long as credit is given

in written form to http://www.denemo.org. If it is placed on a web page

a link to the denemo site should also appear.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2722849">Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2723216">Dependencies</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2723362">Optional Includes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2723407">Installing Denemo from Source Code</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2723519">Getting Started</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2723540">Some Common Keyboard Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2723580">Some Common Mouse Shortcuts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2723641">Overall View of Denemo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2723647">General Concepts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2723099">The Denemo Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2723170">The Print Preview Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2723187">The Main Menubar</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2724026">File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2724311">Edit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2724492">View</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2724654">Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2725129">Input</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2725142">More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2725167">Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2725249">Help</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2725305">Toolbar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2725099">Object Menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2725602">Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2725624">Adding Markings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2725674">Rhythm Patterns</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2725709">Playing Notes into Denemo - MIDI</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2725737">Playing Notes into Denemo - Audio (Souncard Mic Input)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2725844">Understanding Modes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2725901">Basic Use</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2725906"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#customizingDenemo">Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2726306">More Commands</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2726312">Adding More Features </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2726328">Adding Your Own Features </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2726379">An even easier way</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2726405">Writing Scheme Scripts </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2726709">Complete List of Functions Callable from Scheme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#DenemoDirectives">Denemo Directives</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731350">The Directive Fields</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2731561">Directive Edit Scripts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731567">Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731633">Initialization Scripts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731648">Edit Scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2731747">LilyPond Editing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731752">Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731786">Using the LilyPond Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731824">Detail</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2731929">Using the Denemo Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thedriverseat"></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2731976">Rhythm Entry in Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732019">Accidentals in Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#chordsenter">Chord Entry in Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732257">Note and Rest Entry Toolbar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732273">Chord Entry</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732287"></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732295">Inserting LilyPond Directives</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#playing">Score Playback</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#midi">Midi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#csound">Csound</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2732430">Publishing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2732463">Advanced Features</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing">Editing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732485">Musical Score that Do Things!</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732517">Piano Staffs, Orchestral Scores etc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732544">Single Staff Polyphony</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732664">Entering Vocal Music</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732679">Entering Figured Bass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2732693">Entering Chord Symbols</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2732707"><span class="productname">Denemo</span> Command Line Options</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2722849"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div></div><p>Denemo lets you create musical scores. You can type music in using the keyboard

<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="denemo.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.67.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2585773"></a></h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Richard</span> <span class="surname">Shann</span></h3><code class="email"><<a href="mailto:Richard.Shann@virgin.net">Richard.Shann@virgin.net</a>></code></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Aaron</span> <span class="surname">Mehl</span></h3><code class="email"><<a href="mailto:aamehl@actcom.net.il">aamehl@actcom.net.il</a>></code></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">0.8.11</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright � 2009 Denemo Project</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id2585782"></a><p>This Manual is released under the <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0" target="_top">Creative Commons

Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported</a> license.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2585846">Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2586209">Dependencies</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2586355">Optional Includes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2586400">Installing Denemo from Source Code</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2586512">Getting Started</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2586534">What Happens at Startup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2586580">Some Common Keyboard Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2586628">Some Common Mouse Shortcuts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2586046">Overall View of Denemo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2586052">General Concepts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2586143">The Denemo Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2586174">The Print Preview Pane</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2587059">The Main Menubar</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2587137">File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2587422">Edit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2587603">View</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2587765">Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2588241">Input</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2588253">More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2588278">Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2587957">Help</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2588024">Toolbar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2588477">Playback Controls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2588758">Object Menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2588959">Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2588980">Adding Markings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2589032">Rhythm Patterns</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2589067">Playing Notes into Denemo - MIDI</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2589096">Playing Notes into Denemo - Audio (Souncard Mic Input)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2589211">Understanding Modes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2589268">Basic Use</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2589274"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#customizingDenemo">Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2589684">More Commands</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2589690">Adding More Features </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2589706">Adding Your Own Features </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2589757">An even easier way</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2589784">Writing Scheme Scripts </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2590089">Variables Defined in Scheme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2590393">Functions Callable from Scheme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#DenemoDirectives">Denemo Directives</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2611773">The Directive Fields</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2611984">Directive Edit Scripts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2611989">Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612063">Initialization Scripts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612078">Edit Scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2612184">LilyPond Editing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612189">Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612215">Using the LilyPond Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612254">Detail</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2612367">Using the Denemo Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thedriverseat"></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612414">Rhythm Entry in Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612457">Accidentals in Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#chordsenter">Chord Entry in Classic Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612696">Note and Rest Entry Toolbar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612711">Chord Entry</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612726"></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612733">Inserting LilyPond Directives</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2612791">Publishing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2612824">Advanced Features</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing">Editing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612846">Musical Score that Do Things!</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612878">Piano Staffs, Orchestral Scores etc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2612905">Single Staff Polyphony</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2613025">Entering Vocal Music</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2613039">Entering Figured Bass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2613054">Entering Chord Symbols</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2613068"><span class="productname">Denemo</span> Command Line Options</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2585846"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div></div><p>Denemo lets you create musical scores. You can type music in using the keyboard

or play it in using a MIDI contoller or the microphone input. You can edit your music - the display shows you the measures you

are working on - and you can playback selected bits to check how it sounds.

You can preview and print the score or parts to the highest standards used in the music publishing industry

- thanks to the Lilypond typesetting program.</p><p>Denemo does not attempt to show the appearance of the finished score, it just shows you enough to enable you to enter the music efficiently. To see the finished score you press Print Preview.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2722872"></a>Obtaining and Installing Denemo</h2></div></div></div><p>Denemo is available from a variety of sources for different

- thanks to the Lilypond typesetting program.</p><p>Denemo does not attempt to show the appearance of the finished score, it just shows you enough to enable you to enter the music efficiently. To see the finished score you press Print Preview.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2585869"></a>Obtaining and Installing Denemo</h2></div></div></div><p>Denemo is available from a variety of sources for different

distributions. The latest stable release (tar.gz and .deb formats) is

available for download from <a href="http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/denemo/" target="_top">http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/denemo/</a>. You can install

Denemo from the Debian unstable repositories, using the command apt-get

install denemo. Builds for Macintosh are available from the Gnu-Darwin

project. The Denemo development branch can be downloaded using anonymous

CVS or Git.</p><p>Anonymous Git checkout:</p><p>git clone git://git.savannah.gnu.org/denemo.git</p><p>Anonymous CVS checkout:</p><p>cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@pserver.git.sv.gnu.org:/denemo.git co -d denemo master</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2723216"></a>Dependencies</h3></div></div></div><p>To build Denemo from a source package, the following

CVS or Git.</p><p>Anonymous Git checkout:</p><p>git clone git://git.savannah.gnu.org/denemo.git</p><p>Anonymous CVS checkout:</p><p>cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@pserver.git.sv.gnu.org:/denemo.git co -d denemo master</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2586209"></a>Dependencies</h3></div></div></div><p>To build Denemo from a source package, the following

dependent packages should be installed first. Remember to install the

development packages as well (check your distribution for the specific

package name):</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note: For Debian Users"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">For Debian Users</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>Type <span><strong class="command">apt-cache showsrc denemo</strong></span> at a command

dependencies. Type <span><strong class="command">apt-get build-dep denemo</strong></span> to

build the dependent files or use apt-get to install the packages

individually by copying and pasting there names to the command

line.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>g++ 2.95 or higher</p></li><li><p>flex 2.5.4a or higher</p></li><li><p>bison 1.35 or higher</p></li><li><p>cdbs</p></li><li><p>gettext</p></li><li><p>libgtk2.0-dev</p></li><li><p>gtk+ 2</p></li><li><p>libglib2.0-dev</p></li><li><p>libxml2</p></li><li><p>libxml2-dev</p></li><li><p>LilyPond 2.4</p></li><li><p>autoconf 2.59 or higher</p></li><li><p>automake1.7</p></li><li><p>libaubio</p></li><li><p>libfftw3-dev</p></li><li><p>libportaudio</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2723362"></a>Optional Includes</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo uses other applications for playback and printing. You may need to install the following applications, and edit the preferences menu to tell Denemo which you want it to use.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>csound (optional, www.csounds.com)</p></li><li><p>A PDF viewer (ghostview, evince etc)</p></li><li><p>A midi player such as timidity</p></li><li><p>An image viewer such as EOG</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2723407"></a>Installing Denemo from Source Code</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo is available in a variety of formats. The current stable

line.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>g++ 2.95 or higher</p></li><li><p>flex 2.5.4a or higher</p></li><li><p>bison 1.35 or higher</p></li><li><p>cdbs</p></li><li><p>gettext</p></li><li><p>libgtk2.0-dev</p></li><li><p>gtk+ 2</p></li><li><p>libglib2.0-dev</p></li><li><p>libxml2</p></li><li><p>libxml2-dev</p></li><li><p>LilyPond 2.4</p></li><li><p>autoconf 2.59 or higher</p></li><li><p>automake1.7</p></li><li><p>libaubio</p></li><li><p>libfftw3-dev</p></li><li><p>libportaudio</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2586355"></a>Optional Includes</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo uses other applications for playback and printing. You may need to install the following applications, and edit the preferences menu to tell Denemo which you want it to use.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>csound (optional, www.csounds.com)</p></li><li><p>A PDF viewer (ghostview, evince etc)</p></li><li><p>A midi player such as timidity</p></li><li><p>An image viewer such as EOG</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2586400"></a>Installing Denemo from Source Code</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo is available in a variety of formats. The current stable

release is available either as source code or in binary format. The

Development branch of Denemo is available as a GIT source tree.</p><div class="procedure"><a name="id2723420"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�1.�To install from source code:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>Open a terminal window.</p></li><li><p>Change directories to the directory to which you downloaded

Development branch of Denemo is available as a GIT source tree.</p><div class="procedure"><a name="id2586413"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�1.�To install from source code:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>Open a terminal window.</p></li><li><p>Change directories to the directory to which you downloaded

the Denemo source package.</p></li><li><p>Uncompress the source package using standard Linux tools (tar

and gunzip).</p></li><li><p>Change directories to the uncompressed directory.</p></li></ol></div><div class="procedure"><a name="id2723458"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�2.�Generating a Configure Script</b></p><p>Git does not come with a Configure script; generate one by

typing and pressing Enter after the line:</p><ul><li><p>./autogen.sh</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="procedure"><a name="id2723480"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�3.�To compile from source, press Enter after each line:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>./configure.</p></li><li><p>make.</p></li><li><p>make install.</p></li><li><p>If you are not logged in as root user, type su and your root

password, or alternately type sudo and your user password.</p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2723519"></a>Getting Started</h2></div></div></div><p>On starting a Denemo up to three music scores (called init.denemo) are loaded, and any actions associated with them are run. The first of these is provided with the system and does essential initialization, the second you can provide yourself in the file ~/.denemo/actions/init.denemo (where ~ means your home directory). Finally (and every time you ask for a new blank score) your default template (~/.denemo/templates/default.denemo) is loaded. In this file you can keep your favorite paper margins etc.

and gunzip).</p></li><li><p>Change directories to the uncompressed directory.</p></li></ol></div><div class="procedure"><a name="id2586451"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�2.�Generating a Configure Script</b></p><p>Git does not come with a Configure script; generate one by

typing and pressing Enter after the line:</p><ul><li><p>./autogen.sh</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="procedure"><a name="id2586472"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�3.�To compile from source, press Enter after each line:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>./configure.</p></li><li><p>make.</p></li><li><p>make install.</p></li><li><p>If you are not logged in as root user, type su and your root

password, or alternately type sudo and your user password.</p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2586512"></a>Getting Started</h2></div></div></div><p>Most people will start with playing around with Denemo via the pc keyboard. The default setup means that the keys a-g will move the small green cursor to the note position and the keys 0-6 will insert notes of various durations. The arrow keys move the cursor around, the period key adds a dot the Enter key adds further notes to make a chord.

</p><p>You can find more shortcuts by exploring the menu system - e.g. under the Note menu the Select Duration submenu gives Remove Dot with the shortcut Control-period shown next to the command.

</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2586534"></a>What Happens at Startup</h3></div></div></div><p>On starting a Denemo up to two music scores (called init.denemo) are loaded, and any actions associated with them are run. The first of these is provided with the system and does essential initialization, the second you can provide yourself in the file ~/.denemo/actions/init.denemo (where ~ means your home directory).

</p><p>In addition, on startup a set of keyboard and mouse shortcuts, and a selection of optional menu items are loaded. If you have a Numeric Keypad you may wish to start with an alternative set (Edit->Customize Commands Shortcuts...->Manage Command Set and click on "Load a Standard Command Set" to get this. Save it for next time using "Save as Default Command Set").

</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2723540"></a>Some Common Keyboard Shortcuts</h3></div></div></div><p>Here are a few of the keyboard shortcuts that are commonly used in Denemo.

You should exit and re-start Denemo after creating a new command set to be sure of getting your keybindings to work.

</td></tr></table></div><p>

The "Score Titles, Controls etc" checkbox is undocumented, unfortunately.

What it does is to show/hide a button bar where Titles and such can be displayed.

The menu items you need are under Score->Titles etc

and Movement->Titles etc. When you set a title, composer, etc the Titles etc button bar will become populated.

</td></tr></table></div><p>

The Playback Controls are undocumented, unfortunately.

See the links from the features list "To-do List" on the website.

</td></tr></table></div><p>

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2586580"></a>Some Common Keyboard Shortcuts</h3></div></div></div><p>Here are a few of the keyboard shortcuts that are commonly used in Denemo.

</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>

Letters A-G are used to refer to the notes A-G, either moving the cursor, inserting or editing depending on mode.

</li><li>

Numbers 0-6 are used to refer to the note durations Whole Note ... 64th note, inserting, changing the prevailing duration or editing depending on mode. The corresponding Numeric Keypad keys are used if you choose that command set.

</li><li>

"." dots a note, Ctrl-"." undots it.

</li><li>

Alt-0-6 inserts a rest.

</li><li>

Enter adds notes to a chord, Ctrl-Enter removes them.

</li><li>

"(" begins a slur ")" ends it

</li><li>

"!" inserts a cautionary accidental

</li></ul></div><p>

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2723580"></a>Some Common Mouse Shortcuts</h3></div></div></div><p>Here are a few of the mouse shortcuts that are commonly used in Denemo.

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2586628"></a>Some Common Mouse Shortcuts</h3></div></div></div><p>Here are a few of the mouse shortcuts that are commonly used in Denemo.

</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>

Scroll Wheel pans up/down to bring staffs out of view into the window.

</li><li>

Shift Key and Scroll Wheel pans the score left/right.

</li><li>

Control Key and Scroll Wheel zooms.

</li><li>

Shift Key and Left mouse button drags notes up and down.

</li><li>

CapsLock with Left mouse drag inserts a slur

</li><li>

CapsLock AND AltGr key with Left mouse drag inserts a diminuendo

</li></ul></div><p>

</p></div><p>Denemo is used via the computer keyboard, MIDI controller or playing in via a musical instrument. Quite a few mouse operations are also included by default. Clicking on the score will select items, and the status bar at the bottom will describe the item clicked. Left clicking on items in the score allows you to edit any special attributes, (called Directives, see <a href="#DenemoDirectives" title="Denemo Directives">the section called “Denemo Directives”</a>), that they may have. Clicking on the initial clef, key or timesignature lets you edit these, clicking to the right or left of the measures visible moves you forwards and backwards in the score. Clicking in the top left corner allows you to edit Directives that apply to the whole score. Selections can be made by dragging with the mouse from one note to another. And right-clicking any menu item gets help and the opportunity to set a shortcuts for the menu item. Furthermore, scripts are available in the menu system that give the mouse further uses.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2723641"></a>Overall View of Denemo</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2723647"></a>General Concepts</h3></div></div></div><p>

</p></div><p>Denemo is used via the computer keyboard, MIDI controller or playing in via a musical instrument. Quite a few mouse operations are also included by default. Clicking on the score will select items, and the status bar at the bottom will describe the item clicked. Right-clicking on items in the score allows you to edit any special attributes, (called Directives, see <a href="#DenemoDirectives" title="Denemo Directives">the section called “Denemo Directives”</a>), that they may have. Clicking on the initial clef, key or timesignature lets you edit these, clicking to the right or left of the measures visible moves you forwards and backwards in the score. Selections can be made by dragging with the mouse from one note to another. And right-clicking any menu item gets help and the opportunity to set a shortcuts for the menu item. Furthermore, scripts are available in the menu system that give the mouse further uses.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2586046"></a>Overall View of Denemo</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2586052"></a>General Concepts</h3></div></div></div><p>

The unit of work in Denemo is a musical score, which can be saved in a single file (with .denemo suffix). This is represented on the screen by a "tab". If you have several tabs open at once they appear just above the music in the main window, and you can switch between them by clicking on the tab.

</p><p>

One score may contain several movements, which you can move between, insert and delete with the Movements menu. A movement is a continuous piece of music with titles etc.

</p><p>

Within a movement there are staffs (arranged vertically) and within the staffs Denemo Objects. These can be notes, chords and Denemo Directives (see <a href="#DenemoDirectives" title="Denemo Directives">the section called “Denemo Directives”</a>). The notes and chords are displayed in conventional format (though not fully typeset). The Denemo Directives are used for most things that are not chords or notes: Metronome marks, repeat barlines etc are good examples. They can also be attached to chords, individual notes in a chord, to a staff as a whole and to the score as a whole. Each Denemo Directive carries its own display method. For example the Close Repeat barline appears as a Denemo Object in the converional music notation, while a Directive attached to a staff (e.g. Smaller Staff) may just print "Smaller Staff" over the staff. The directive then directs the LilyPond typesetter to make the staff smaller.

Within a movement there are staffs (arranged vertically) and within the staffs Denemo Objects. These can be notes, chords and Denemo Directives (see <a href="#DenemoDirectives" title="Denemo Directives">the section called “Denemo Directives”</a>). The notes and chords are displayed in conventional format (though not fully typeset). The Denemo Directives are used for most things that are not chords or notes: Metronome marks, repeat barlines etc are good examples. They can also be attached to chords, individual notes in a chord, to a staff as a whole and to the score as a whole; in this case the directive can be thought of as an attribute of the object it is attached to. Each Denemo Directive carries its own display method. For example the Close Repeat barline appears as a Denemo Object in the converional music notation, while a Directive attached to a staff (e.g. Smaller Staff) may appear in a menu under a tools icon to the right of the staff. In the case of "Smaller Staff" the directive directs the LilyPond typesetter to make the staff smaller, and it can be edited from the menu under the tools icon to the left of the clef. Another tools icon appears if directives are attached to voices within a staff, again to the left of the clef, below the staff one.

</p><p>

The command Edit Object gives access to editing Denemo Directives, which generally have their own edit methods. You can use the Print View to indicate the padding that you wish to apply to some item, or to show where you want to drag it to.

</p><p>

The titles of the current movement can be set. These titles should be left blank for movements after the first if they apply to the whole score (a LilyPond peculiarity). In the movement properties dialog you can set a LilyPond directive to cause a page break before the movement (see LilyPond docs, but briefly #f is no page break and #t (true) is page break). You can include any other directives here to apply to the movement as a whole.

</p><p>

Each Denemo file represents a piece of music which may consist of several “movements”, interspersed with headings. These might be different songs in a song book, or literally the movements in a classical sonata, or any other pieces of music that you want to print out in a book form with titles, page numbering and so on.

The main window has menus and toolbars at the top. With View->Score View checked there is next the drawing area where the music input is displayed - just the few measures you are working on. With View->Print View checked there is another pane showing the print preview of your score. At the bottom is a status line showing which movement you are in and what sort of object the cursor is on. If there are any MIDI filters that active they will be noted at the right in the status bar. The small colored rectangle is the Denemo Cursor, which shows where notes etc will be added/edited next. Selected music is colored blue and outlined with a blue rectangle.

The main window has menus and toolbars at the top. The Titles Etc appear next, along with any extra menu items which you may have placed there (e.g. the Print Part button). With View->Score View checked there is next the drawing area where the music input is displayed. When zoomed out you see just the few measures you are working on. By dragging the red bar at the bottom of the score upwards you get space for more of the music. If you have many staffs they may not all fit: you can still drag the red bar upwards to see several lines of just one or two staffs for instance. With View->Print View checked there is another pane showing the print preview of your score. Below this is a "Console Pane" showing any LilyPond messages while typesetting the music. At the bottom is a status line showing which movement you are in and what sort of object the cursor is on. If there are any MIDI filters that active they will be noted at the right in the status bar. The small colored rectangle is the Denemo Cursor, which shows where notes etc will be added/edited next. Selected music on a blue background.

</p><p>

The menus in Denemo are unusual: they not only let you do some particular action, but also each menu item lets you enquire what the action does in more detail and lets you set keyboard/mouse shortcuts for the actions. All this extra functionality & more comes with right-clicking the menu item, while the usual left click is for executing the action itself. The menus can always be torn off for working with particular items (e.g. working with different movements or with measures, dynamics etc.). Also available by right-clicking is creating new actions - often by modifying ones that are already there.

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2723170"></a>The Print Preview Pane</h2></div></div></div><p>The print preview pane is shown by checking View->Print View. Right clicking in this pane allows you to refresh the print preview (the program hangs waiting for LilyPond to finish).</p><p> Right clicking in this pane also allows you to choose offsets to apply to items that LilyPond has positioned badly.Or you can select an amount of padding to apply to some object. This is generally a better way of indicating that it is too close to something else, since other objects will move away from it as needed - that is, if you later edit something it will behave more intelligently. The actual editing is always done in the Score View pane, choosing Edit Object while the cursor is on the offending object and then dragging in the Print Preview window to indicate the amount of change required.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2723187"></a>The Main Menubar</h2></div></div></div><p>The Main Menubar has submenus for overall control of the program. It

contains the following submenus:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>File</p></li><li><p>Edit</p></li><li><p>View</p></li><li><p>Mode</p></li><li><p>Playback</p></li><li><p>More</p></li><li><p>Help</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2724026"></a>File</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">File</span> menu to perform global operations related to storing and retrieving from file systems.

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2586174"></a>The Print Preview Pane</h2></div></div></div><p>The print preview pane is shown by checking View->Print View. Right clicking in this pane allows you to refresh the print preview (the program hangs waiting for LilyPond to finish).</p><p> Right clicking in this pane also allows you to choose offsets to apply to items that LilyPond has positioned badly.Or you can select an amount of padding to apply to some object. This is generally a better way of indicating that it is too close to something else, since other objects will move away from it as needed - that is, if you later edit something it will behave more intelligently. The actual editing is always done in the Score View pane, choosing Edit Object while the cursor is on the offending object and then dragging in the Print Preview window to indicate the amount of change required.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2587059"></a>The Main Menubar</h2></div></div></div><p>The Main Menubar has submenus for overall control of the program. It

contains the following submenus:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>File</p></li><li><p>Navigation</p></li><li><p>Edit</p></li><li><p>View</p></li><li><p>Mode</p></li><li><p>Input</p></li><li><p>Playback</p></li><li><p>More</p></li><li><p>Help</p></li><li><p>Educational</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2587137"></a>File</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">File</span> menu to perform global operations related to storing and retrieving from file systems.

The File menu contains the following Menu Items:</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>New</td><td>Create score from scratch.</td></tr><tr><td>Open</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span>

file.</td></tr><tr><td>Add Staffs</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span>

file and append the staffs from the (first) movement of it to the staffs in the current movement.</td></tr><tr><td>Add Movements</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span>

100

<span class="productname">Denemo</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>Open in New</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span> file

101

in a new tab (or "page") so that both can be used at once.</td></tr><tr><td>Save</td><td>Save the current file.</td></tr><tr><td>Save As</td><td>Save the current file with a new name.</td></tr><tr><td>Save Parts</td><td>Saves a set of parts (staves) in LilyPond format.</td></tr><tr><td>Export PDF</td><td>Run LilyPond on the current file to create a PDF.</td></tr><tr><td>Print</td><td>Displays the score in a pdf view, from which it can be printed.</td></tr><tr><td>Print excerpt</td><td>Displays only the selection in image viewer, from which it can be saved.</td></tr><tr><td>Print Current Part</td><td>Displays one part taken from the score in a pdf view, from which it can be printed.</td></tr><tr><td>Score Wizard</td><td>Open a<span class="guilabel"> Score Setup Wizard.</span></td></tr><tr><td>Close</td><td>Close the current score but keep other

102

<span class="productname">Denemo</span> scores open.</td></tr><tr><td>Quit</td><td>Close the current scores and exit

<span class="productname">Denemo</span>.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2724311"></a>Edit</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">Edit</span> menu to access common editing

103

<span class="productname">Denemo</span>.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2587422"></a>Edit</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">Edit</span> menu to access common editing

104

commands.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Undo</td><td>Undo the pitch and rhythm just added.</td></tr><tr><td>Redo</td><td>Redo the pitch and rhythm just added.</td></tr><tr><td>Select</td><td>Menu items for selecting music in the score.</td></tr><tr><td>Cut</td><td>Copy the selected notation to the clipboard and delete

105

the selection.</td></tr><tr><td>Copy</td><td>Copy the selected notation to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td>Paste</td><td>Paste the copied notation at the cursor point.</td></tr><tr><td>Paste LilyPond Notes</td><td>Paste text as LilyPond notes. Open a .ly file in a text editor, copy some notes and then execute this command to capture them into Denemo.</td></tr><tr><td>Edit Object</td><td>A general interface to editing whatever is at the cursor, especially Directives attached to notes/chords.</td></tr><tr><td>Change Preferences</td><td>Set external programs (LilyPond, PDF viewer etc.), autosave interval etc. These values will bre remembered when you re-start the program</td></tr><tr><td>Customize Commands, Shortcuts...</td><td class="auto-generated">�</td></tr><tr><td>Quick settings checkbox

</td><td>One touch setting of keyboad shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Save Command Set.</td><td> Save your current customization of the menu commands and shortcuts.</td></tr><tr><td>Manage Command Set.</td><td> Hide/Delete/Show menu items, set keyboard shortcuts, set cursor shapes, load/save all these.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2724492"></a>View</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">View</span> menu to toggle toolbars and

palettes used with the mouse.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Score View</td><td>Shows the score in panorama format for editing. The printed score will generally look different.</td></tr><tr><td>Print View</td><td>Shows the score as engraved by the LilyPond typesetter. You cannot edit in this window, but you can drag items to indicate how you want an item edited.</td></tr><tr><td>Lyrics View</td><td>Shows any lyrics for the current staff/voice. Each verse has its own tab, when selected the lyric placement shows in the Denemo display, so you can adjust by typing in the lyrics view window</td></tr><tr><td>Rhythms Patterns</td><td>Allows custom rhythm patterns. Enter rhythms by setting up patterns and then overlay the rhythms with pitches via MIDI or microphone</td></tr><tr><td>Note and Rest Entry</td><td>Notes and rests buttons – the highlighted button is current duration – click a button to enter a note/rest, or to edit the note under the cursor in edit mode</td></tr><tr><td>Articulation Palette</td><td>A (limited) palette of expression marks etc to apply to notes. More are in the menu system under Markings.</td></tr><tr><td>Score Titles, Controls etc</td><td>If this is checked any Titles, indent settings etc applying to the score can be shown as buttons at the top of the score. They must be created with their graphic field set for this.</td></tr><tr><td>Menu of Objects</td><td>Menu of all the Denemo commands listed under type of object</td></tr><tr><td>Show LilyPond</td><td>Pops up a window for customizing the LilyPond</td></tr><tr><td>Show Scheme Script</td><td>Pops up a window for showing scripts written in scheme to control Denemo</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2724654"></a>Mode</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the<span class="guimenu"> Mode</span> menu to switch modes or choose to use modelessly. The different modes are useful for different ways or phases of work.</p><p> With the standard keyboard shortcuts the modes work like this:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>No Mode. No standard keypresses are defined – you will need to assign keys yourself. You will need to define separate keypresses to insert the notes, change the notes, move the cursor to a note, change the prevailing duration, etc. This mode is for those who want to set up the keys to have single functions. The cursor is green in this mode. This mode gives easy access via the menus for the actions that do not change with modes.

106

</td><td>One touch setting of keyboad shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Save Command Set.</td><td> Save your current customization of the menu commands and shortcuts.</td></tr><tr><td>Manage Command Set.</td><td> Hide/Delete/Show menu items, set keyboard shortcuts, set cursor shapes, load/save all these.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2587603"></a>View</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">View</span> menu to toggle toolbars and

107

palettes used with the mouse.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Score View</td><td>Shows the score in panorama format for editing. The printed score will generally look different.</td></tr><tr><td>Print View</td><td>Shows the score as engraved by the LilyPond typesetter. You cannot edit in this window, but you can drag items to indicate how you want an item edited.</td></tr><tr><td>Lyrics View</td><td>Shows any lyrics for the current staff/voice. Each verse has its own tab, when selected the lyric placement shows in the Denemo display, so you can adjust by typing in the lyrics view window</td></tr><tr><td>Rhythms Patterns</td><td>Allows custom rhythm patterns. Enter rhythms by setting up patterns and then overlay the rhythms with pitches via MIDI or microphone</td></tr><tr><td>Note and Rest Entry</td><td>Notes and rests buttons – the highlighted button is current duration – click a button to enter a note/rest, or to edit the note under the cursor in edit mode</td></tr><tr><td>Articulation Palette</td><td>A (limited) palette of expression marks etc to apply to notes. More are in the menu system under Markings.</td></tr><tr><td>Score Titles, Controls etc</td><td>If this is checked any Titles, indent settings etc applying to the score can be shown as buttons at the top of the score. They must be created with their graphic field set for this.</td></tr><tr><td>Menu of Objects</td><td>Menu of all the Denemo commands listed under type of object</td></tr><tr><td>Show LilyPond</td><td>Pops up a window for customizing the LilyPond</td></tr><tr><td>Show Scheme Script</td><td>Pops up a window for showing scripts written in scheme to control Denemo</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2587765"></a>Mode</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the<span class="guimenu"> Mode</span> menu to switch modes or choose to use modelessly. The different modes are useful for different ways or phases of work.</p><p> With the standard keyboard shortcuts the modes work like this:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>No Mode. No standard keypresses are defined – you will need to assign keys yourself. You will need to define separate keypresses to insert the notes, change the notes, move the cursor to a note, change the prevailing duration, etc. This mode is for those who want to set up the keys to have single functions. The cursor is green in this mode. This mode gives easy access via the menus for the actions that do not change with modes.

108

</p></li><li><p>Insert Mode. In this mode the keys 0,1,2... select the prevailing duration (whole-note, half-note ...) while the Note name keys A,B,C ... insert a note of that name in the prevailing duration. The octave is the one nearest the cursor. The cursor is green in this mode. This mode is good for entering single line music.

109

</p></li><li><p>Edit Mode. In this mode the keys 0,1,2... insert a note (whole-note, half-note ...) at the current cursor position, while the Note name keys A,B,C ... change the note at the cursor to A,B,C.... The cursor is purple. This mode is good for editing music already entered and for entering pure rhythms (all notes on the same pitch, for overlaying pitches via microphone input later). You can also enter music in this mode - you type the duration key (which inserts a note) and then the Note name key, which edits it to the one you want.

110

</p></li><li><p>Classic Mode. In this mode the keys 0,1,2... insert a note (whole-note, half-note ...) at the cursor position, while the Note name keys A,B,C ... move the cursor. The cursor is green. This mode is good for entering music with chords (Enter is the standard keybinding for this).

111

</p></li><li><p> Entry types: Note, Rest, Non-Printing Rests, Audible Feedback. These are used with the above modes to control what is entered. The unusual one here is Audible Feedback, which gives audio feedback when entering note durations, enabling you to enter rhythms without looking at the screen to check that you have entered the correct duration. Non-Printing rests allows you to make a part vanish and return when writing several parts to a staff.

</p></li></ul></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>No Mode</td><td>Switch Note/Rest menu to actions that are the same regardless of mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Insert</td><td>Switch to insert mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Edit</td><td>Switch to Edit mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Classic</td><td>Switch to the original denemo mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Note</td><td>Switch to entering notes.</td></tr><tr><td>Non Printing Rests</td><td>Switch to entering rests which just occupy space and time but will not appear in the score.</td></tr><tr><td>Rest</td><td>Switch to entering rests.</td></tr><tr><td>Audible Feedback</td><td>Switch to Audible Feedback for entry via keyboard. Each duration has its own audio feedback. During pitch entry via Audio or MIDI the cursor advances automatically</td></tr><tr><td>Toggle Edit</td><td>Toggle between current mode and Edit mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Toggle Rest</td><td>Toggle between entering notes and entering rests.</td></tr><tr><td>Toggle Audible Feedback</td><td>Toggle Audible Feedback off/on.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2725129"></a>Input</h3></div></div></div><p>Choose whether to use external sources (Audio from the Mic input or MIDI) for Denemo. To use these you may need to review the settings in Edit->Prefs first.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2725142"></a>More</h3></div></div></div><p>Add commands to Denemo. Extra commands are available (those which not everyone will want) via this menu. More Commands gives commands shipped with Denemo, while My Commands gives ones that you have created locally. Note that the extra commands can also be loaded at the menu where you are looking for them (you right-click on a menu item, and if there are more commands for that menu the More Commands for this Menu item will show),</p><p>

112

</p></li></ul></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>No Mode</td><td>Switch Note/Rest menu to actions that are the same regardless of mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Insert</td><td>Switch to insert mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Edit</td><td>Switch to Edit mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Classic</td><td>Switch to the original denemo mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Note</td><td>Switch to entering notes.</td></tr><tr><td>Non Printing Rests</td><td>Switch to entering rests which just occupy space and time but will not appear in the score.</td></tr><tr><td>Rest</td><td>Switch to entering rests.</td></tr><tr><td>Audible Feedback</td><td>Switch to Audible Feedback for entry via keyboard. Each duration has its own audio feedback. During pitch entry via Audio or MIDI the cursor advances automatically</td></tr><tr><td>Toggle Edit</td><td>Toggle between current mode and Edit mode.</td></tr><tr><td>Toggle Rest</td><td>Toggle between entering notes and entering rests.</td></tr><tr><td>Toggle Audible Feedback</td><td>Toggle Audible Feedback off/on.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2588241"></a>Input</h3></div></div></div><p>Choose whether to use external sources (Audio from the Mic input or MIDI) for Denemo. To use these you may need to review the settings in Edit->Prefs first.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2588253"></a>More</h3></div></div></div><p>Add commands to Denemo. Extra commands are available (those which not everyone will want) via this menu. More Commands gives commands shipped with Denemo, while My Commands gives ones that you have created locally. Note that the extra commands can also be loaded at the menu where you are looking for them (you right-click on a menu item, and if there are more commands for that menu the More Commands for this Menu item will show),</p><p>

113

Update Commands from the Internet allows you to get the latest versions of commands directly from ftp://denemo.org. They are stored in the .denemo/download directory in your home directory. You can set a preference to have this happen in the background every time you start Denemo, if you prefer.

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2725167"></a>Playback</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the Playback menu to start playback of your score. Denemo lets

you hear your score, using an external MIDI player, or Csound.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Play</td><td>Plays the selected measures or starting from the current measure</td></tr><tr><td>Stop</td><td>Stops the playback</td></tr><tr><td>Play Using Csound</td><td>Play this score (Csound) using .orc file specified in

<span class="guisubmenu">Playback Properties</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>Playback Properties</td><td>Set playback tempo, select an .orc file for Csound

playback</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2725249"></a>Help</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the Help menu to get help using Denemo.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Help</td><td>Launch a browser to view this manual.</td></tr><tr><td>About</td><td>View Denemo version information.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2725305"></a>Toolbar</h2></div></div></div><p>Use the Toolbar to access common Denemo commands quickly. The Tool

114

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2588278"></a>Playback</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the Playback menu to start playback of your score. Denemo lets

115

you hear your score, using an external MIDI player, or Csound.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Play</td><td>Plays from the start marker to the end marker</td></tr><tr><td>Stop</td><td>Stops the playback</td></tr><tr><td>Play Using Csound</td><td>Play this score (Csound) using .orc file specified in

116

<span class="guisubmenu">Playback Properties</span>.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2587957"></a>Help</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the Help menu to get help using Denemo.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Help</td><td>Launch a browser to view this manual.</td></tr><tr><td>Chat to Other Users</td><td>Connects you to a site with other users to give advice.</td></tr><tr><td>About</td><td>View Denemo version information.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2588024"></a>Toolbar</h2></div></div></div><p>Use the Toolbar to access common Denemo commands quickly. The Tool

117

Bar contains the following icons:</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Icon</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/new.png"></div></td><td>Creates a new document.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/scorewizard.png"></div></td><td>Creates a new document using the score wizard.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/open.png"></div></td><td>Opens the Open File dialog box.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/save.png"></div></td><td>Saves the current file</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/print.png"></div></td><td>Runs LilyPond to convert the current file to PDF and

118

sends it to the printer for printing</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/undo.png"></div></td><td>Undoes the last action. (Currently Undo only works for

119

adding notes)</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/redo.png"></div></td><td>Redoes the previous undo action. (Currently Redo only

120

works for adding notes).</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/cut.png"></div></td><td>Cuts the current selection to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/copy.png"></div></td><td>Copies the selected notation to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/paste.png"></div></td><td>Pastes the current clipboard item at the cursor

121

position.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/gotobegin.png"></div></td><td>Jumps to the first measure of the movement.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/gotoend.png"></div></td><td>Jumps to the last measure of the movement.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2588477"></a>Playback Controls</h2></div></div></div><p>Use this frame to control MIDI playback of the current movement. It has the following controls:</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Icon</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/first.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoFirst script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/goback.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoGoBack script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/goback.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoGoBack script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/prev.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoPrevious script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/rewind.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoRewind script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/stop.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoStop script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/play.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoPlay script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/forward.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoGoForward script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/last.png"></div></td><td>Runs DenemoLast script.</td></tr><tr><td>Loop</td><td>Runs DenemoLoop script.</td></tr><tr><td>Tempo</td><td>For movements with a single tempo this tempo is changed for rest of the playback. If the movement has an embedded MIDI tempo change, the change will be altered proportionally. The movement tempo setting itself is not altered - you are just altering the playback.(See Movements->MIDI Tempo for setting that)</td></tr><tr><td>Volume</td><td>Reduces the current volume by the % set. Again, this applies only to playback and proportionally affects embedded dynamics.</td></tr><tr><td>Set</td><td>Calls the DenemoSetPlaybackIntervalToSelection script.</td></tr><tr><td>Playback Range</td><td>Runs a dialog to get start and end times for playback.</td></tr><tr><td>Reset</td><td>Internal Synth only. Performs a reset on the synth.</td></tr><tr><td>Panic</td><td>Jack only. Emits jack panic.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2588758"></a>Object Menu</h2></div></div></div><p>The object menus give you actions (such as insert, delete ...) ordered by the objects (notes, staffs, measures ...) that they act on.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Score</td><td>Settings that apply to the whole score.</td></tr><tr><td>Movements</td><td>Insert/remove navigate, change the properties of movements.</td></tr><tr><td>Staffs/Voices</td><td>Insert/remove, navigate, swap, change the properties of staffs or voices</td></tr><tr><td>Measures</td><td>Insert/remove navigate measures .</td></tr><tr><td>Notes/Rests</td><td>The first menu item in this menu depends on which mode you have chosen. For example in Classic mode there is a function to move the cursor to a new note while in Insert mode the function inserts a note of the given name. These menu items are present mainly to allow you to set shortcuts – it would be too slow to use them for actually entering notes/rests. I addition there are menu items for inserting rests, deleting, tied notes, setting the notehead style and stem direction, grace notes, triplets, transposing and more </td></tr><tr><td>Chords</td><td>Insert/remove notes from a chord.</td></tr><tr><td>Clefs</td><td>Insert change or set the initial clef.</td></tr><tr><td>Keys</td><td>Insert a change or set the initial key.</td></tr><tr><td>Time Signatures</td><td>Insert a change or set the initial time signature.</td></tr><tr><td>Markings</td><td>Insert/remove tempo indications, dynamics, slurs, trills etc.</td></tr><tr><td>Cursor</td><td>Navigation of the (Denemo) cursor.</td></tr><tr><td>Bookmarks</td><td>Create/delete or move to bookmarked positions in the current movement.</td></tr><tr><td>Lyrics</td><td>Create and delete lyrics.</td></tr><tr><td>Other</td><td>Enter chord symbols, figured basses or LilyPond directives. Clear overlays.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2588959"></a>Score</h3></div></div></div><p>

122

In the score properties dialog things that affect the whole piece can be set, as well as the titles of the current movement. In the score properties dialog you can include directives to apply to all the movements.

</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>When a file is loaded it opens with the final movement set as the current movement.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2725624"></a>Adding Markings</h3></div></div></div><p>Dynamics, Slurs, Trills, Tempo Indications, and much more a found in the Markings menu </p><p>You can collect together your favorite ones, either by assigning shortcuts, or creating a menu of favorite commands which just invoke the action you use. </p><div class="procedure"><a name="id2725642"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�4.�Adding Markings using the Articulation palette</b></p><p>Some ornaments and articulations have been collected together as a palette. </p><div class="example"><a name="expressions_palette"></a><p class="title"><b>Example�1.�</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/expressions_palette.png"></div></div><ol type="1"></ol></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2725674"></a>Rhythm Patterns</h2></div></div></div><p>The Rhythm Pattern toolbar lets you enter music following a rhythmic pattern. If you have a pattern in your music that appears many times you only need to type it once. By selecting it and clicking Create Pattern you install that pattern on the toolbar. Then as you enter notes (in Insert Mode) the notes follow the rhythmic pattern chosen. Pressing a duration key goes back to adding notes of the prevailing duration. You can have several custom patterns like this and switch between them using the space bar (or other keybinding of your choice). Another (more musical) way of entering rhythms is to "drum" them in using the keys on the computer keyboard for quarter-note, eighth-note etc, a curious sort of "musical instrument" where you change key for different durations. Use the numeric keypad for this. Drumming in is quickly learnt and, by playing in the notes rhythmically you can keep your place in the music. Use the Mode->Audible Feedback option for this, so that you get a bell to confirm when you have completed a measure.</p><p>Using Input->Midi or Audio allows you to enter pitches directly. If you have entered your piece of music as pure rhythm you can overlay with the pitches using a MIDI controller or musical instrument with mic, headphones out or pickup attached to your soundcard.

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2725709"></a>Playing Notes into Denemo - MIDI</h2></div></div></div><p>

123

</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>When a file is loaded it opens with the final movement set as the current movement.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2588980"></a>Adding Markings</h3></div></div></div><p>Dynamics, Slurs, Trills, Tempo Indications, and much more a found in the Markings menu </p><p>You can collect together your favorite ones, either by assigning shortcuts, or creating a menu of favorite commands which just invoke the action you use. </p><div class="procedure"><a name="id2588999"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure�4.�Adding Markings using the Articulation palette</b></p><p>Some ornaments and articulations have been collected together as a palette. </p><div class="example"><a name="expressions_palette"></a><p class="title"><b>Example�1.�</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/expressions_palette.png"></div></div><ol type="1"></ol></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2589032"></a>Rhythm Patterns</h2></div></div></div><p>The Rhythm Pattern toolbar lets you enter music following a rhythmic pattern. If you have a pattern in your music that appears many times you only need to type it once. By selecting it and clicking Create Pattern you install that pattern on the toolbar. Then as you enter notes (in Insert Mode) the notes follow the rhythmic pattern chosen. Pressing a duration key goes back to adding notes of the prevailing duration. You can have several custom patterns like this and switch between them using the space bar (or other keybinding of your choice). Another (more musical) way of entering rhythms is to "drum" them in using the keys on the computer keyboard for quarter-note, eighth-note etc, a curious sort of "musical instrument" where you change key for different durations. Use the numeric keypad for this. Drumming in is quickly learnt and, by playing in the notes rhythmically you can keep your place in the music. Use the Mode->Audible Feedback option for this, so that you get a bell to confirm when you have completed a measure.</p><p>Using Input->Midi or Audio allows you to enter pitches directly. If you have entered your piece of music as pure rhythm you can overlay with the pitches using a MIDI controller or musical instrument with mic, headphones out or pickup attached to your soundcard.

124

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2589067"></a>Playing Notes into Denemo - MIDI</h2></div></div></div><p>

125

Denemo can take pitches directly from MID input. Select Input->Midi Input. The control window allows you to choose the enharmonic range. Under Mode->MIDI are various "MIDI filters" that allow you to control how the MIDI input is used: with none active the behaviour is as if you had entered the notes using the pc-keyboard (except that octave, accidental and note name are all entered in one go). You can also use Advance on Edit to put the pitches onto pre-entered rhythms, or Check Pitches (where you play through the piece and a warning is issued if you hit a wrong note).

126

</p><p>

100

127

These MIDI filters are scheme scripts, so they can be tailored to do whatever you wish. One example is a filter that enables you to enter Figured Bass figures by playing the notes corresponding to the figures while holding down the bass note. Chords could be entered using similar code.

101

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2725737"></a>Playing Notes into Denemo - Audio (Souncard Mic Input)</h2></div></div></div><p>

128

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2589096"></a>Playing Notes into Denemo - Audio (Souncard Mic Input)</h2></div></div></div><p>

102

129

Denemo can listen for, and detect the pitch of notes on the mic input of the computer; it doesn't attempt to guess the rhythm - such systems do not work well - but you will find that playing the notes in time will help you to play them in, as well as make playing them in a musical experience rather than a chore.

103

130

</p><p>Playing the notes in can be much quicker than using the keyboard since the note octave and accidental are all given just by playing the note. If you are able to play a musical instrument then this will probably be much faster for you than typing note names, octave shifts and accidentals at the computer keyboard. Using the headphones out of an electronic keyboard avoids "noises-off" interfering with the pitch detection. Many microphones and pickups benefit from some pre-amplification - it is worth getting the level right before you begin.</p><p>When you select the Input->Audio on the Main Menu the Pitch Recognition window pops up. While the mouse pointer is inside the score drawing area the score is sensitive to pitches heard via the microphone input. The background colour of the score changes to show that the notes will be entered into the score. </p><p>There are two ways of using the pitch entry - Overlay mode (default) and Insert mode. The button marked Insert causes notes to be entered into the current measure in the prevailing rhythm - the mode is set to Insert for this. The button marked Overlays overlays the notes already present with the pitches you sound. There is a third button, marked Tuning, which is a state-of-the art musical instrument tuner.</p><p>

104

131

Music is entered into the measure which holds the cursor. If you are overlaying a rhythm already entered, then the first un-overlayed note in the measure is overlayed by the note detected. You can delete the overlay using the regular delete keys, or clear them altogether if you want to start over in a measure. If you are in Insert mode then the notes detected will be inserted at the cursor position.

105

</p><p>Use the enharmonic shift to select whether Bb or A# should be entered when you enter the given pitch - you can usefully go as far as B# and Fb.</p><p>Use the transpose control to shift up or down by octaves.</p><p>Most of the other settings would require study of the Aubio documentation to understand, but the one marked threshold may be useful to make the detection less sensitive to ambient noises if using a microphone with an acoustic instrument.</p><p> The best set-up is to plug the headphones-out socket of an electronic keyboard into the mic input, and choose a piano setting on the electronic keyboard.</p><p> If you don't have any musical instrument that you can plug directly into the mic in, then you can use an acoustic instrument with a microphone, in which case move your microphone closer or further from your instrument to get reliable detection. Too close and you get double detections, too far and you get missed ones. To check for good detection open a piece of music, set Overlay mode and put the cursor in the first measure and play the piece in – the notes should all turn blue if you have perfect detection. It is worth while getting perfect detection – more than one or two miss-detects per piece of music and you may want to use the Insert rather than the Overlay method.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2725844"></a>Understanding Modes</h2></div></div></div><p>Modes in Denemo are optional. Denemo has a large number of actions (functions) that it can execute for you, and these are to be found in the View-\>Objects Menu (grouped by objects such as note, measure, clef etc. Some of these functions do different things in different modes. For example the key A is usually bound to a function that moves the cursor to the nearest note A, or inserts a note A, or changes the current note to an A, all depending on which mode is chosen. (There are also entry modes, in rest entry mode instead of a note a rest would be inserted). </p><p>If you dislike modal programs, you will set your shortcuts to the non-modal functions (these are found in the View-\>Objects Menu when Mode-\>No Mode is selected, or in the View-\>Actions Menu.)</p><p>

132

</p><p>Use the enharmonic shift to select whether Bb or A# should be entered when you enter the given pitch - you can usefully go as far as B# and Fb.</p><p>Use the transpose control to shift up or down by octaves.</p><p>Most of the other settings would require study of the Aubio documentation to understand, but the one marked threshold may be useful to make the detection less sensitive to ambient noises if using a microphone with an acoustic instrument.</p><p> The best set-up is to plug the headphones-out socket of an electronic keyboard into the mic input, and choose a piano setting on the electronic keyboard.</p><p> If you don't have any musical instrument that you can plug directly into the mic in, then you can use an acoustic instrument with a microphone, in which case move your microphone closer or further from your instrument to get reliable detection. Too close and you get double detections, too far and you get missed ones. To check for good detection open a piece of music, set Overlay mode and put the cursor in the first measure and play the piece in – the notes should all turn blue if you have perfect detection. It is worth while getting perfect detection – more than one or two miss-detects per piece of music and you may want to use the Insert rather than the Overlay method.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2589211"></a>Understanding Modes</h2></div></div></div><p>Modes in Denemo are optional. Denemo has a large number of actions (functions) that it can execute for you, and these are to be found in the View-\>Objects Menu (grouped by objects such as note, measure, clef etc. Some of these functions do different things in different modes. For example the key A is usually bound to a function that moves the cursor to the nearest note A, or inserts a note A, or changes the current note to an A, all depending on which mode is chosen. (There are also entry modes, in rest entry mode instead of a note a rest would be inserted). </p><p>If you dislike modal programs, you will set your shortcuts to the non-modal functions (these are found in the View-\>Objects Menu when Mode-\>No Mode is selected, or in the View-\>Actions Menu.)</p><p>

106

133

When using a MIDI controller to enter pitches, you can just check Audible Feedback, and never have to switch modes, as the cursor automatically moves on for you with this setting. You select rhythms via the keyboard and edit their pitch with the MIDI in.

107

</p><p>In addition to the basic Insert and Edit modes there are four entry modes for specialized use. Rest entry is useful for entering a large number of rests. (For single rests it is easier to use a keypress - e.g. Alt-3 for an eighth note). Non-printing rests are used for parts which enter during the course of a measure. Note entry is the default, and if you check the Audible Feedback checkbox the different durations have varied audio feedback and a beep is sounded when Denemo moves to the next measure – this is to help when entering the rhythm of a piece for later overlaying with pitches.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2725901"></a>Basic Use</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="subtitle">Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>

134

</p><p>In addition to the basic Insert and Edit modes there are four entry modes for specialized use. Rest entry is useful for entering a large number of rests. (For single rests it is easier to use a keypress - e.g. Alt-3 for an eighth note). Non-printing rests are used for parts which enter during the course of a measure. Note entry is the default, and if you check the Audible Feedback checkbox the different durations have varied audio feedback and a beep is sounded when Denemo moves to the next measure – this is to help when entering the rhythm of a piece for later overlaying with pitches.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2589268"></a>Basic Use</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="subtitle">Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>

108

135

Denemo allows you to explore all the actions (insert/delete/edit/navigate...) using the Objects menu. So inserting notes can be found under Notes/Rests while inserting a Staff comes under Staffs/Voices.

109

136

110

137

</td></tr></table></div><p>

111

138

</p><p>Denemo offers several ways of entering music: typing at the keyboard, playing in via a MIDI keyboard (controller), playing in acoustically using a microphone or choosing items from the menu system. </p><p>Using the menus for everything would be very slow, but next to each menu item is the keypress that you can use instead. If there is no keypress shown, and you want to use that item often, then right click on the menu item and you can set a key combination for that menu action. Right clicking is also useful for getting a description of what the menu action is. </p><p> Typing at the keyboard can be very fast, if you forget which keypress you need you can consult the menu system to find out. This method is good for touch typists.

112

139

</p><p class="persom">For entering a lot of already written-out music, playing the music in via a MIDI keyboard or microphone can offer the fastest and most musical method. </p><p>One way to do this is to check the Audible Feedback checkbox and enter the music as pure rhythm, ignoring the note names. Each duration sounds its own pitch and length as you enter the durations. As you start each measure the bell will sound so that you can keep your eyes on the score you are copying without needing to look up and check that you haven't miss-typed. If you are a reading musician you will find that you tap in the rhythm rhythmically which helps to keep your place in the piece you are entering. </p><p>Once you have entered the rhythms you choose an external source from the Input menu, placing the cursor in the first measure, play the notes via MIDI or a microphone plugged into the mic input of your soundcard. The Audio Input button introduces a special entry mode where the pitches you play in will overlay the rhythm, appearing as blue notes. You can delete any wrong pitches using the usual delete keys, without deleting the rhythm. In fact if you have an "interloper" (an extra spurious note) you can delete it and the other pitches will all move along to their correct places.</p><p>Another method of playing music in acoustically doesn't involve entering the rhythm separately. For this select Input->Audio and then choose Insert instead of Overlays on the Pitch Recognition Panel that pops up. With Insert the sounded notes are entered as in the prevailing rhythm. The same applies if you have MIDI, only you just need to select Insert mode to enter the notes in that case. So by choosing a rhythm (e.g. half-note, quarter-note, or a custom rhythm pattern) and playing in the pitches you can enter the music into a blank score.</p><p> For MIDI input there are special modes (MIDI filters), such as Advance On Edit, which means you can simply play the pitches in and they are applied to the notes. If you are entering notes and durations at the same time using MIDI then the "AngryDelete" finger can be useful. With this filter on notes are entered normally until, but if you make a mistake and press the wrong note just hit the next one much louder and it will make the correction for you! MIDI filters are found under Mode->MIDI</p><p>The oldest Denemo keymaps are no longer supported. (see <a href="#customizingDenemo" title="Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts">the section called “Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts”</a>). (Input via

113

140

MIDI keyboard and Mic in is now available). Denemo also

114

provides shortcuts for use with Numeric Keypad.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="scoresetup"></a>Score Setup</h4></div></div></div><p>Denemo provides different ways to set up scores: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Create template with the special name "default.denemo". If this is placed at the top level of your templates directory (that is ~/.denemo/templates/default.denemo), then it will be opened each time you start a new score. </p></li><li><p>Create an init.denemo score with everything you want to start up with, and any actions you want to be taken before you begin. This will be opened when you first start Denemo (that is once per Denemo session). See <a href="#initDotDenemo">the section called “Musical Score that Do Things!”</a> for details on what actions you can have Denemo perform before you start.</p></li><li><p>Use a Template</p></li><li><p>Use shortcut keys to add staves and set attributes</p></li><li><p>Use the Setup Wizard</p></li><li><p>Use Menus</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2726097"></a>Using Templates to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Denemo comes with a few preinstalled templates.

141

provides shortcuts for use with Numeric Keypad.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="scoresetup"></a>Score Setup</h4></div></div></div><p>Denemo provides different ways to set up scores: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Create template with the special name "default.denemo". If this is placed at the top level of your templates directory (that is ~/.denemo/templates/default.denemo), then it will be opened each time you start a new score. </p></li><li><p>Create an init.denemo score with everything you want to start up with, and any actions you want to be taken before you begin. This will be opened when you first start Denemo (that is once per Denemo session). See <a href="#initDotDenemo">the section called “Musical Score that Do Things!”</a> for details on what actions you can have Denemo perform before you start.</p></li><li><p>Use a Template</p></li><li><p>Use shortcut keys to add staves and set attributes</p></li><li><p>Use the Setup Wizard</p></li><li><p>Use Menus</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2589474"></a>Using Templates to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Denemo comes with a few preinstalled templates.

115

142

You can also design your own templates as well.</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>Navigate to <span class="guimenu">File</span>, <span class="guisubmenu">New From

116

143

Template</span>, The <span class="interface">Open</span> dialog

117

144

box appears.</p></li><li><p>Double click on a template name from the list of

118

145

templates. The dialog box closes and the template appears.

119

146

120

</p></li></ol></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>Adjust the clef, key and time signatures as needed.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2726153"></a>Using Shortcuts to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Inserting attributes with shortcut keys is an effective way to

147

</p></li></ol></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>Adjust the clef, key and time signatures as needed.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2589530"></a>Using Shortcuts to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Inserting attributes with shortcut keys is an effective way to

121

148

quickly customize a template.</p><div class="procedure"><ul><li><p>Navigate to the Staff you want to change an attribute

122

using one of these shortcuts:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Select Staffs/Voices-\>StaffDown to move down one staff</p></li><li><p>Select Staffs/Voices-\>StaffUp to move up one staff</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2726203"></a>Using Templates to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Denemo Comes with a wide range of prebuilt templates for

149

using one of these shortcuts:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Select Staffs/Voices-\>StaffDown to move down one staff</p></li><li><p>Select Staffs/Voices-\>StaffUp to move up one staff</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2589581"></a>Using Templates to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Denemo Comes with a wide range of prebuilt templates for

123

150

standard vocal and instrumental scores. If you have a custom score

124

151

setup you use over and over create a score layout using the Setup

125

152

Wizard and save it as a template.</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>Click on File-\>New From Template, The <code class="interfacename">

136

163

</p><p>

137

164

If your choice of keyboard shortcut already belongs to another command, you are warned about this, and given the chance to change your mind or steal the shortcut. Also, you can choose whether to distinguish between keypresses with, say the NumLock down and those without or to ignore it. If the NumLock is set but no command for that key specifically requires it then the setting of NumLock is ignored and the keypress is treated as if the NumLock was off.

138

165

</p><p>

139

The menu item that activates the command shows the shortcuts that exist in bright blue lettering. PrsL-CapsLoc, for example, is the Press action on the Left mouse key while the CapsLock light is on. In the default command set this is linked to the BeginSlur command, so that together with the RlsL-CapsLoc for the release of the left mouse button, you can "draw" slurs by using the mouse. Similarly, Shift with left mouse button (MveL-Shift) is set to allow you to drag notes up and down the staff. (This is using Command MoveNoteToCursor, which is found under Notes/Rests/Edit/Edit Note/To Cursor)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2726306"></a>More Commands</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2726312"></a>Adding More Features </h3></div></div></div><p>

166

The menu item that activates the command shows the shortcuts that exist in bright blue lettering. PrsL-CapsLoc, for example, is the Press action on the Left mouse key while the CapsLock light is on. In the default command set this is linked to the BeginSlur command, so that together with the RlsL-CapsLoc for the release of the left mouse button, you can "draw" slurs by using the mouse. Similarly, Shift with left mouse button (MveL-Shift) is set to allow you to drag notes up and down the staff. (This is using Command MoveNoteToCursor, which is found under Notes/Rests/Edit/Edit Note/To Cursor)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2589684"></a>More Commands</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2589690"></a>Adding More Features </h3></div></div></div><p>

140

167

It is possible to add more commands to the set that Denemo ships with. Some of these are shipped with Denemo, but not added automatically so as to keep the menu sizes manageable. Generally, you right-click to find more menu items to add; once added you can set a keyboard/mouse shortcut and keep the command in your default setup.

141

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2726328"></a>Adding Your Own Features </h3></div></div></div><p>

168

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2589706"></a>Adding Your Own Features </h3></div></div></div><p>

142

169

You can also get Denemo to remember a frequently used sequence of actions - it can be installed in the menu system and given a keyboard shortcut just like any other command. </p><p> To do this you right-click and choose Show Scheme Script. (You do not have to understand what a Scheme Script is to use this!). In the little window that pops up set Record Scheme Script and then do the set of steps you wish Denemo to remember, <span class="emphasis"><em>using the menu items, not keyboard, for each step</em></span>.

143

170

</p><p>As a simple example, suppose you wanted a command to delete the next note (there are commands to delete the previous note and the current note, so why not?). You would enter some notes, put on Record Scheme Script and then from the menu Cursor select Cursor Right (to move on to the note to be deleted), and with the Notes/Rests->Delete->Delete Object menu item you would delete the note. (Each time you use a menu item you will see a new command entered into the Scheme window). Now turn off Record Scheme Script and you can experiment with your new command by pressing Execute in the Scheme Script window. To save this new command for future use, you right click on a menu item (in the menu where you would like the command to appear) and choose "Save Script as New Menu Item", this will ask you to make up a name for your new command as well as a label for the menu item etc.

144

171

145

</p><p> You can save the command in your default sequence of commands (via Edit->Customize Commands...->Manage Command Set->Save as Default Command Set). If not you will be asked if you want to save your new commands when you exit. Otherwise you can re-load via the More->My Commands menu item.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2726379"></a>An even easier way</h3></div></div></div><p>

172

</p><p> You can save the command in your default sequence of commands (via Edit->Customize Commands...->Manage Command Set->Save as Default Command Set). If not you will be asked if you want to save your new commands when you exit. Otherwise you can re-load via the More->My Commands menu item.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2589757"></a>An even easier way</h3></div></div></div><p>

146

173

There is an even easier way of adding your own favorite LilyPond tweaks, which is by modifying a tweak that has already been done. This can be done by using the text-edit dialog on an existing Denemo Directive (usually found under the Advanced button provided by an edit script). Here you can see the actual LilyPond text that will be inserted, and there is a button to create a script to generate whatever you choose to enter. You can also enter the name of graphic images (.png files) that are to be used to represent your item in the display, and say where it should be positioned.

147

174

</p><p>

148

175

Once you have created the script, it can be saved in the menu system by right clicking on an item in the menu where you want to place the command, and choosing "Save Script as New Menu Item" as above.

149

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2726405"></a>Writing Scheme Scripts </h3></div></div></div><p>

176

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2589784"></a>Writing Scheme Scripts </h3></div></div></div><p>

150

177

If you are a programmer you will have guessed that you can edit the Scheme Script window to create any command you want. Even if you are not familiar with Scheme you may find that you can adapt other scripts to do what you want.

151

178

</p><p>

152

179

A good example of this is a script to insert a particular LilyPond directive into the score. This is all that many scripts do: it is easy to see the piece of LilyPond in the Scheme Script window, and by changing it you can create a new command.

224

251

</li><li>

225

252

d-ScoreProperties (fontsize= size of font to be used for score)

226

253

</li></ul></div><p>

227

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2726709"></a>Complete List of Functions Callable from Scheme</h2></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_LILYPOND: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_GRAPHIC: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_EDITOR: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_VOLUME: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_DURATION: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_REPEAT: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_CHANNEL: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TEMPO: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_ONCE: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_STEP: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RAMP: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RELATIVE: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_PERCENT: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_MIDI_MASK: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_MIDI_INTERPRETATION_MASK: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_MIDI_ACTION_MASK: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>VERSION_MAJOR: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>VERSION_MINOR: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>VERSION_MICRO: See documentation elsewhere: value is a number </li><li>DENEMO_VERSION: Holds the denemo version major.minor.micro: value is a string </li><li>(d-MoveNoteToCursor): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-StartDownStems): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-StartUpStems): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-InsertTiedNoteDuration): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MidiFilterOff): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-CheckPitches): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MidiAdvanceOnEdit): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-AngryDelete): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-OpenOctaveUp): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-CloseLilyBlock): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-TransposeOctaveUp): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-TransposeNote): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-TransposeSelection): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-D.C.AlFine): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Allegro): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Andante): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Presto): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Finger0): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Finger1): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Finger2): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Finger3): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Finger4): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Finger5): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-RehearsalMark): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-StartBeam): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-EndBeam): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-DeleteLilyPondOnNote): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-DeleteLilyPondOnChord): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MetronomeMarking): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Anacrusis): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-RepeatStart): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-RepeatEnd): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-RepeatEndStart): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ApplyToSelection): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SetFontSize): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-LHFinger): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-StringNum): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-DoubleBarline): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Glissando): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SmallerStaff): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Fortissimo): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-CautionaryAccidental): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ReminderAccidental): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ScoreTitle): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ScoreComposer): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ScoreTagline): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MovementSubtitle): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MovementPiece): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MovementTitle): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ScoreCopyright): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Indent): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ScoreIndent): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ToggleTupletNumbering): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-NoBeam): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-TimbalesStyle): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MovementPageBreak): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-HideMovement): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Beam1234): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ClosingBarline): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-EnterRest): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-AllegroAssai): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Ambitus): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-RecreateTimebase): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ForceNewMeasure): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SplitMeasure): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-DeleteBarline): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ForceBarline): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-HideEmptyStaffs): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-LineBreak): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-PageBreak): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-TransposeScorePrint): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SetTransposeIntervalFromNote): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MezzoForte): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-DeleteDynamic): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-TitlePage): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ParenthesizeChord): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ParenthesizeNote): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-GoToEmptyMeasure): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-IRC): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ReBar): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ToggleTripleting): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-NonPrintingStaff): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Largo): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-DrumGM2Custom): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ScoreComment): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MvntComment): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-StaffComment): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ChordComment): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ReadingNoteNames): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-StepSkipOrSame): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-CountSteps): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-TransposeStaffPrint): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-NextBookmarkR): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-PrevBookmarkR): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-BookmarkR): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-BookmarkRNamed): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-BookmarkRNonPrinting): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SearchBookmarkR): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Diminish): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Augment): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-WholeMeasureRest): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-OpenRepeat): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-CloseRepeat): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-FirstTimeBar): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SecondTimeBar): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-EndSecondTimeBar): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ClefChooser): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-HideLilyPond): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-MezzoPiano): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-Forte): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-SetImmediatePlayback): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-InstrumentName): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>(d-ShortInstrumentName): A scheme procedure to call the script of that name: value is an expression </li><li>d-Modeless one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-ClassicMode one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-InsertMode one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-EditMode one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-Note one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-Rest one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-Blank one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-Rhythm one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-CursorLeft one optional parameter: Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any </li><li>d-CursorDown one optional parameter: Moves the cursor one scale step down </li><li>d-CursorUp one optional parameter: Moves the cursor one scale step up </li><li>d-CursorRight one optional parameter: Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any </li><li>d-GoToMark one optional parameter: Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection </li><li>d-StaffUp one optional parameter: Moves the cursor to the staff above </li><li>d-StaffDown one optional parameter: Moves the cursor to the staff below </li><li>d-MeasureLeft one optional parameter: Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure </li><li>d-MeasureRight one optional parameter: Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure </li><li>d-A one optional parameter: Action for note A (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode) </li><li>d-B one optional parameter: Action for note B (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode) </li><li>d-C one optional parameter: Action for note C (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode) </li><li>d-D one optional parameter: Action for note D (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode) </li><li>d-E one optional parameter: Action for note E (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode) </li><li>d-F one optional parameter: Action for note F (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode) </li><li>d-G one optional parameter: Action for note G (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode) </li><li>d-OctaveUp one optional parameter: Octave Up </li><li>d-OctaveDown one optional parameter: Octave Down </li><li>d-WholeNote one optional parameter: Insert whole-note </li><li>d-HalfNote one optional parameter: Insert half-note </li><li>d-QuarterNote one optional parameter: Insert quarter-note </li><li>d-EighthNote one optional parameter: Insert eighth-note </li><li>d-SixteenthNote one optional parameter: Insert sixteenth-note </li><li>d-ThirtysecondNote one optional parameter: Insert thirty-second-note </li><li>d-SixtyfourthNote one optional parameter: Insert sixty-fourth-note </li><li>d-InsertBlankWholeNote one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBlankHalfNote one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBlankQuarterNote one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBlankEighthNote one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBlankSixteenthNote one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBlankThirtysecondNote one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBlankSixtyfourthNote one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleRestMode one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleBlankMode one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertWholeRest one optional parameter: Insert whole-note rest </li><li>d-InsertHalfRest one optional parameter: Insert half-note rest </li><li>d-InsertQuarterRest one optional parameter: Insert quarter-note rest </li><li>d-InsertEighthRest one optional parameter: Insert eighth-note rest </li><li>d-InsertSixteenthRest one optional parameter: Insert sixteenth-note rest </li><li>d-InsertThirtysecondRest one optional parameter: Insert thirty-second note rest </li><li>d-InsertSixtyfourthRest one optional parameter: Insert sixty-fourth note rest </li><li>d-InsertDuplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertTriplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-StartTriplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-EndTuplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertQuadtuplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertQuintuplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertSextuplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertSeptuplet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-AddNoteToChord one optional parameter: Add a note to the current chord

228

The cursor position determines which note to add </li><li>d-RemoveNoteFromChord one optional parameter: Remove a note from the current chord </li><li>d-Sharpen one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Flatten one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-StemUp one optional parameter: Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up. </li><li>d-StemDown one optional parameter: Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down. </li><li>d-AddDot one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-RemoveDot one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertTiedNote one optional parameter: Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied </li><li>d-ToggleTie one optional parameter: Ties/unties the note at the cursor </li><li>d-DeleteObject one optional parameter: Delete the object at the cursor </li><li>d-DeletePreviousObject one optional parameter: Delete to the left of the cursor. </li><li>d-InsertMeasure one optional parameter: Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs) </li><li>d-AppendMeasure one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-DeleteMeasure one optional parameter: Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short </li><li>d-DeleteMeasureAllStaffs one optional parameter: Delete the current measure in all staffs </li><li>d-ShrinkMeasures one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-WidenMeasures one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ShorterStaffs one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-TallerStaffs one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertTrebleClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBassClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insertg8clef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertAltoClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertTenorClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertSopranoClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialTrebleClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialBassClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialg8clef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialAltoClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialTenorClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialSopranoClef one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert22Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert32Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert42Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert44Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert34Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert24Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert64Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert38Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert68Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert128Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Insert98Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set22Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set32Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set42Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set44Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set34Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set24Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set64Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set38Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set68Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set128Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-Set98Time one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertCmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertGmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertDmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertAmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertEmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertFSharpmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertCSharpmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertFmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertEflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertAflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertDflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertGflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertCflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertAmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertEmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertFSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertCSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertGSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertDSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertASharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertDmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertGmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertCmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertFmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertBflatmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertEflatmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertAflatmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialCmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialGmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialDmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialAmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialEmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialBmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialFSharpmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialCSharpmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialFmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialBflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialEflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialAflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialDflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialGflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialCflatmaj one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialAmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialEmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialBmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialFSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialCSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialGSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialDSharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialASharpmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialDmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialGmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialCmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialFmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialBflatmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialEflatmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetInitialAflatmin one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetMark one optional parameter: Sets the start point for a selection,

229

the cursor position is the end point </li><li>d-UnsetMark one optional parameter: Gets rid of the selection. </li><li>d-ToggleBeginSlur one optional parameter: Insert/delete begin slur on this note </li><li>d-ToggleEndSlur one optional parameter: Insert/delete end slur on this note </li><li>d-ToggleStartCrescendo one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleEndCrescendo one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleStartDiminuendo one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleEndDiminuendo one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleAccent one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleFermata one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleStaccato one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleTenuto one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleTrill one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleTurn one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleMordent one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleStaccatissimo one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleCoda one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleFlageolet one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleOpen one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-TogglePrallMordent one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-TogglePrallPrall one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-TogglePrall one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleReverseTurn one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleSegno one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleSforzato one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleStopped one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleThumb one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleUpprall one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ToggleArpeggio one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SetGrace one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ForceCaution one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-ChangePitch one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-InsertRhythm one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-NextRhythm one optional parameter: Make next rhythm pattern

254

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2590089"></a>Variables Defined in Scheme</h2></div></div></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Variable Name</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>DenemoPref_username</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_password</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_denemopath</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_temperament</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_midi_in</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_sequencer</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-Delete</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-SetPadding</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-EditText</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-OffsetPositionOne</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-OffsetPositionAll</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-SetRelativeFontSize</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-PlaceBelow</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-PlaceAbove</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>cue-Advanced</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>stop</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_midi_audio_output</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_audio_driver</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_soundfont</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_browser</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>SetScoreSize::Size</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_lilypath</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_midiplayer</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_audioplayer</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_csoundcommand</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_pdfviewer</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_imageviewer</td><td>---</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_VERSION</td><td>---</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2590393"></a>Functions Callable from Scheme</h2></div></div></div>

255

256

All functions are prefixed by d- when called from scheme. For example the command Help is called thus (d-Help).

257

<div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Command Name</th><th>Help</th><th>Label</th><th>Menu Path</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>SetTransposeIntervalFromNote</td><td>Sets the current note as the note that c should transpose to.</td><td>Set Transpose Interval from Note</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>RemoveDot</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Remove Dot</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetNotes</td><td>"Returns a space separated string of LilyPond notes for the chord at the cursor position or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddDot</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Add Dot</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleRhythm</td><td>Toggle audible feedback on/off</td><td>Toggle Audible Feedback</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatEnd</td><td>Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section.</td><td>Repeat End Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>StemDown</td><td>Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down.</td><td>StemDown</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-timesig</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a timesig directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleRest</td><td>Toggle between note entry and rest entry</td><td>Toggle Rest Mode</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ShortMeasure</td><td>Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued.</td><td>Short Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>StemUp</td><td>Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up.</td><td>StemUp</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEdit</td><td>Toggle between current mode and edit mode</td><td>Toggle Edit Mode</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveNoteToCursor</td><td>Moves the nearest note to join the cursor</td><td>To Cursor</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditModeNote/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>Flatten</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Flatten</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeScorePrint</td><td>Prints the score transposed by the interval selected by SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection</td><td>(Print) Transposed</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>Sharpen</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Sharpen</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetNote</td><td>"returns LilyPond representation of the (highest) note at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-clef</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a clef directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>RemoveNoteFromChord</td><td>Remove a note from the current chord</td><td>Remove note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FetchCommands</td><td>Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.

258

Use More Commands after this has finished</td><td>Update Commands from Internet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatStart</td><td>Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section.</td><td>Repeat Start Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteToChord</td><td>Add a note to the current chord

259

The cursor position determines which note to add</td><td>Add note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MyCommands</td><td>Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras</td><td>My Commands</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ShortInstrumentName</td><td>Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff

260

for second and subsequent systems</td><td>Short Instrument Name</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSeptuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Septuplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoreCommands</td><td>Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items</td><td>More Commands</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StartDownStems</td><td>Stems from now on point downward.</td><td>Stems Down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-score</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a score directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSextuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Sextuplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PageBreak</td><td>(Print) Forces a new page at this barline.</td><td>Page Break</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertQuintuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Quintuplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PutWholeMeasureRests</td><td>"Insert rests at the cursor to the value of the one whole measure in the key signature and return the number of rests inserted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertQuadtuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Quadtuplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>About</td><td>Gives the version number etc of this program</td><td>About</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Anacrusis</td><td>Insert a LilyPond Directive to give an eighth note upbeat</td><td>Insert Anacrusis</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-voice</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a voice directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EndTuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>End Tuplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Help</td><td>Opens a browser on the user manual</td><td>Browse Manual</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InstrumentName</td><td>Print Instrument name before staff at start of score,</td><td>Instrument Name</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>StartTriplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Start Triplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InputFilterNames</td><td>"Takes a string putting it on the status bar listing active filters"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PlaybackProperties</td><td>Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi and csound</td><td>Playback Properties</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StartUpStems</td><td>Stems from now on point upward.</td><td>Stems Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTriplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Triplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePad</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-staff</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a staff directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>LineBreak</td><td>(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure.</td><td>Line Break</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Duplet</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteName</td><td>"Returns the name of the (highest) note in any chord at the cursor position, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSixtyfourthRest</td><td>Insert sixty-fourth note rest</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">x</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PlayCSound</td><td>Play using CSound...</td><td>Csound Playback</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MetronomeMarking</td><td>Adds a metronome marking to chord. Give the duration in LilyPond notation.</td><td>Add Metronome Marking to Chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/Metronome Markings</td></tr><tr><td>SetPadding</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CheckLilyVersion</td><td>"Returns a boolean if the installed version of LilyPond is greater than or equal to the passed in version string"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertThirtysecondRest</td><td>Insert thirty-second note rest</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">w</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Stop</td><td>Stop</td><td>Stop</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-note</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a note directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSixteenthRest</td><td>Insert sixteenth-note rest</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">v</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SmallerStaff</td><td>Turns printing a smaller staff on/off. When on the staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part above a piano accompaniment</td><td>Smaller Staff (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Play</td><td>Play</td><td>Play</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTiedNoteDuration</td><td>Attaches a tied note: you must give the duration after invoking this function.</td><td>Attach Tied Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEighthRest</td><td>Insert eighth-note rest</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">u</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetLilyVersion</td><td>"Returns the installed LilyPond version"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>HideEmptyStaffs</td><td>Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed.</td><td>Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>InsertQuarterRest</td><td>Insert quarter-note rest</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">t</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DebugObject</td><td>"Prints out information about the object at the cursor"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-chord</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a chord directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertHalfRest</td><td>Insert half-note rest</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">s</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteMovement</td><td>Delete the current movement</td><td>Delete Movement</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteLilyPondOnChord</td><td>Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor.</td><td>Delete LilyPond on Chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>docport2</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertWholeRest</td><td>Insert whole-note rest</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">r</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PreviousMovement</td><td>Go to the previous movement</td><td>Previous Movement</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetLabel</td><td>"Takes a command name and returns the label for the menu item that executes the command or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleBlankMode</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Toggle Blank Mode</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetImmediatePlayback</td><td>Turns on the playing back of notes as you enter them.</td><td>Turn On Immediate Playback</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextMovement</td><td>Go to the next movement</td><td>Next Movement</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MidiFilterOff</td><td>Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active.</td><td>MIDI Filter Off</td><td>/MainMenu/ModeMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRelativeFontSize</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-standalone</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a standalone directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleRestMode</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Toggle Rest Mode</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>docport1</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetValue</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ForceBarline</td><td>Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected.</td><td>Insert Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankTwoHundredFiftySixthNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank two hundred and fifty sixth Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetCursorNote</td><td>"Returns the note name for the line or space where the cursor is"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetMenuPath</td><td>"Takes a command name and returns the menu path to that command or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankOneHundredTwentyEighthNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank one hundred and twenty eighth Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToEnd</td><td>Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any</td><td>Move to End</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetRelativeFontSize</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetDirectiveTagActionScript</td><td>"Sets an "action script" on the directive of the given tag"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankSixtyfourthNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank Sixty Forth Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteLilyPondOnNote</td><td>Deletes the LilyPond attached to the note where the cursor is.</td><td>Delete LilyPond on Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToBeginning</td><td>Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any</td><td>Move to Beginning</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>XmlDocumentVariable</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankThirtysecondNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank Thirty Second Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Forte</td><td>Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume</td><td>Forte</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>GoToEnd</td><td>Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any</td><td>Go to End</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-paper</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a paper directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CheckPitches</td><td>Compares note from MIDI with current note, if equal in pitch, advances to next note, else beeps.</td><td>Check Note Pitches</td><td>/MainMenu/ModeMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>PopClipboard</td><td>"Pops the Denemo clipboard (cut/copy buffer) from a stack created by d-PushClipboard. Returs #f if nothing on stack, else #t."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankSixteenthNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank Sixteenth Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetCommand</td><td>"Intercepts the next keypress and returns the name of the command invoked, before invoking the command. Returns #f if the keypress is not a shortcut for any command"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteBarline</td><td>Joins two measures together. Always start with cursor on barline to be deleted. Does not work in all cases!</td><td>Delete Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankEighthNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank Eigth Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetNonprinting</td><td>"Returns #t if there is an object at the cursor which has any printing behavior it may have overridden"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankQuarterNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank Quarter Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GoToBeginning</td><td>Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any</td><td>Go to Beginning</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-paper</td><td>"Deletes a paper directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PushClipboard</td><td>"Pushes the Denemo clipboard (cut/copy buffer) onto a stack; Use d-PopClipboard to retrieve it."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankHalfNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank Half Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EndBeam</td><td>Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only.</td><td>End Beam</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMeasure</td><td>Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure</td><td>Go to Measure</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeOffset</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetCommandKeypress</td><td>"Returns the last keypress that successfully invoked a command "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankWholeNote</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Blank Whole Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MezzoPiano</td><td>prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#</td><td>Mezzo Piano</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBarline</td><td>Inserts specialized barline at the cursor position. Mostly not working</td><td>Insert Barline</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TwoHundredFiftySixthNote</td><td>Insert 256th-note</td><td>256th</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>XmlDocumentCommand</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AdjustPlaybackEnd</td><td>"Adjust end time for playback by passed number of seconds. Returns #f for bad parameter "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SplitMeasure</td><td>Insert a barline before cursor. Do not use for inserting empty measure.</td><td>Split Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>OneHundredTwentyEighthNote</td><td>Insert 128th-note</td><td>128th</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ClearClipboard</td><td>"Clears the Denemo Music Clipboard"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-keysig</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a keysig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetKeypress</td><td>"Intercepts the next keypress and returns a string containing the name of the keypress (the shortcut name). Returns #f if keyboard interception was not possible."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SixtyfourthNote</td><td>Insert sixty-fourth-note</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AttachLilyToChord</td><td>Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the chord at the cursor. This can be used for attaching and placing text and much more. See LilyPond documentation.</td><td>Attach Lilypond to Chord</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ThirtysecondNote</td><td>Insert thirty-second-note</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StartBeam</td><td>Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)</td><td>Start Beam</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>Preferences</td><td>Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup. Edit .denemo/denemorc for missing ones</td><td>Change Preferences</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AttachLilyToNote</td><td>Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the note at the cursor. This can be used for guitar fingerings, cautionary accidentals and much more. See LilyPond documentation.</td><td>Attach Lilypond to Note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AdjustPlaybackStart</td><td>"Adjust start time for playback by passed number of seconds. Returns #f for bad parameter "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SixteenthNote</td><td>Insert sixteenth-note</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>HideLilyPond</td><td>Comments out the chord in the LilyPond output.</td><td>Hide on Printing</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</td></tr><tr><td>SaveSelection</td><td>Save the selected music. Not sure if this is working</td><td>Save Selection</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteDirective</td><td>Delete a directive attached to chord/note at cursor.</td><td>Delete a Directive</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-keysig</td><td>"Deletes a keysig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EighthNote</td><td>Insert eighth-note</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreProperties</td><td>Change some of the properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window</td><td>Score Properties</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ForceNewMeasure</td><td>Force a new measure when appending music, where Denemo would put the notes in the current measure.</td><td>Force New Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>QuarterNote</td><td>Insert quarter-note</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PasteClipboard</td><td>Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard</td><td>Paste LilyPond notes</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PutClipObj</td><td>"Takes a staff number m and a object number n. Inserts the (m, n)th Denemo Object from Denemo Clipboard into the staff at the cursor position"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetPlaybackInterval</td><td>"Set start and/or end time for playback to the passed numbers/strings in seconds. Use #t if a value is not to be changed. Returns #f for bad parameters "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>HalfNote</td><td>Insert half-note</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Cut</td><td>Cut</td><td>Cut</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditKeysigDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to key signature.</td><td>Edit Key Signature Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Finger5</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 5</td><td>Finger 5</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_autosave</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Copy</td><td>Copy</td><td>Copy</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditTimesigDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to time signature.</td><td>Edit Time Signature Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>WholeNote</td><td>Insert whole-note</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_maxhistory</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ClefChooser</td><td>Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef.</td><td>Clef Chooser</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Redo</td><td>Redo</td><td>Redo</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditClefDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to clef.</td><td>Edit Clef Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OctaveDown</td><td>Octave Down</td><td>Octave Down</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetMidiOffTime</td><td>"Return a number, the midi time in seconds for the end of the object at the cursor; return #f if none "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>UploadRoutine</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_saveparts</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Undo</td><td>Undo</td><td>Undo</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OctaveUp</td><td>Octave Up</td><td>Octave Up</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>RecreateTimebase</td><td>Recalculates the timing of each note.</td><td>Create Timebase</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_createclones</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Quit</td><td>Quit the Denemo program</td><td>Quit</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>G</td><td>Action for note G (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode)</td><td>G</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetClipObjType</td><td>"Takes a staff number m and a object number n. Returns the name of the type of object at the (m, n)th position on the Denemo Clipboard."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_lilyentrystyle</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ExtraOffset</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Close</td><td>Close the current score. Other windows will stay open</td><td>Close Score</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditMovementDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to movement.</td><td>Edit Movement Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>F</td><td>Action for note F (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode)</td><td>F</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetMidiOnTime</td><td>"Return a number, the midi time in seconds for the start of the object at the cursor; return #f if none "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Finger4</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 4</td><td>Finger 4</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_immediateplayback</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrintPart</td><td>Displays the final finished score for the current part (that is current staff</td><td>Print Part</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditScoreDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to score.</td><td>Edit Score Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>E</td><td>Action for note E (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode)</td><td>E</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ParseJson</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_applytoselection</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EndSecondTimeBar</td><td>Closes the second time bar peviously opened (printing)</td><td>Close Second Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Print</td><td>Displays the final finished score in a pdf viewer. From this you can print the file using the print command of the viewer</td><td>Print</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditVoiceDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to voice.</td><td>Edit Voice Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>D</td><td>Action for note D (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode)</td><td>D</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_startmidiin</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrintExcerptPreview</td><td>Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer</td><td>Print Excerpt</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>C</td><td>Action for note C (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode)</td><td>C</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MasterVolume</td><td>"Takes a double or string and scales the volume; returns the volume set "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_mode</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrintSelection</td><td>Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer</td><td>Print Selection</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Ambitus</td><td>Prints the ambitus before each staff of the score.</td><td>Ambitus Off/On</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>B</td><td>Action for note B (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode)</td><td>B</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetType</td><td>"Returns the name of the type of object at the cursor"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_strictshortcuts</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrintPreview</td><td>Displays the final finished score in your pdf viewer</td><td>Print Preview</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>A</td><td>Action for note A (Insert, Edit or Move Cursor, depending on Mode)</td><td>A</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditStaffDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to staff.</td><td>Edit Staff Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Finger3</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 3</td><td>Finger 3</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_resolution</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ConfigureScore</td><td>Start up a wizard to create a new score. This allows you to set various properties of the score</td><td>Score Wizard</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMeasureRight</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measureleaving selection, if any, unchanged</td><td>Move to Measure Right</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MovementTempo</td><td>"Takes an integer or string number of beats (quarter notes) per minute as the tempo for the current movement; returns the tempo set "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor.</td><td>Edit Directives</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SecondTimeBar</td><td>Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)</td><td>Second Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ExportPDF</td><td>Export the score as a PDF document file</td><td>Export PDF</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMeasureLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged</td><td>Move to Measure Left</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_display_refresh</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditObject</td><td>Edit the object at the cursor.</td><td>Edit Object</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SaveParts</td><td>Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format</td><td>Save Parts</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureRight</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending selection if any</td><td>Measure Right</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_overlays</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NewMovement</td><td>Create a new movement, usign any default template</td><td>New Movement</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AllegroAssai</td><td>Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication</td><td>Allegro Assai</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending selection if any</td><td>Measure Left</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_continuous</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>LocateDotDenemo</td><td>"Returns the directory holding the user's preferences"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MasterTempo</td><td>"Takes a double or string and scales the tempo; returns the tempo set "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMovementAfter</td><td>Insert a new movement after the current one</td><td>Insert Movement After</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToStaffDown</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff below without altering selection</td><td>Move to Staff Down</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_jacktransport</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertLilyDirective</td><td>Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas.</td><td>Insert Lilypond</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Finger2</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 2</td><td>Finger 2</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMovementBefore</td><td>Insert a new movement before the current one</td><td>Insert Movement Before</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToStaffUp</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection</td><td>Move to Staff Up</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_jacktransport_start_stopped</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDynamic</td><td>Inserts a dynamic marking at the cursor position</td><td>Insert Dynamics</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FirstTimeBar</td><td>Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)</td><td>First Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>NewWindow</td><td>Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)</td><td>New Tab</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StaffDown</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any</td><td>Staff Down</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_rtcs</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Zoom</td><td>"Takes a double or string and scales the display; return #f for invalid value else #t "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditChords</td><td>Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation</td><td>Edit Chord Symbols</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>latex-escape</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SaveTemplate</td><td>Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores</td><td>Save Template</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StaffUp</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any</td><td>Staff Up</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_notation_palette</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OpenMyTemplate</td><td>Start a new score from one of your own template files</td><td>Open custom template</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EnterRest</td><td>Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration</td><td>Insert Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PopPushPosition</td><td>Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current position, then moves the cursor to the popped position</td><td>Pop and Push Position</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_articulation_palette</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>LoadCommand</td><td>" pass in a path (from below menus) to a command script. Loads the command from .denemo or system if it can be found. It is used at startup in .denemo files like ReadingNoteNames.denemo which executes (d-LoadCommand "MainMenu/Educational/ReadingNoteNames") to ensure that the command it needs is in the command set."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OpenExample</td><td>Start a new score from a built-in example</td><td>Open Example</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PopPosition</td><td>Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there</td><td>Pop Position</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_console_pane</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetHelp</td><td>"Takes a command name and returns the tooltip or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>HideFiguredBass</td><td>Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing</td><td>Hide Figures (Print)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>scheme-escape</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Finger1</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 1</td><td>Finger 1</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>OpenTemplate</td><td>Start a new score from a built-in template file</td><td>Open Template</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PushPosition</td><td>Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack</td><td>Push Position</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_visible_directive_buttons</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteFiguredBass</td><td>Delete the figured bass on the current staff</td><td>Delete Figures</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CloseRepeat</td><td>Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and 2nd time bars. (Printing)</td><td>Close an Open Repeat Section</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>SaveAs</td><td>Save the score under a new name</td><td>Save As</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GoToSelectionStart</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the selection. returns #f if no selection</td><td>To Selection Start</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_autoupdate</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditFiguredBass</td><td>Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other notation</td><td>Insert/Edit Figured Bass</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Save</td><td>Save the score</td><td>Save</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SwapPointAndMark</td><td>Swaps the active end of the selection</td><td>Swap Ends of Selection</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_rhythm_palette</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetSaved</td><td>"Sets the status of the current musical score to saved"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OpenNewWindow</td><td>Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab</td><td>Open In New</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ClosingBarline</td><td>Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker).</td><td>Closing Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMark</td><td>Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection</td><td>To Mark</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_object_palette</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InitializeScript</td><td>"Takes a command name. called by a script if it requires initialization the initialization script is expected to be in init.scm in the menupath of the command passed in."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>html-escape</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MovementProps</td><td>Change properties of this movement</td><td>Change Properties</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveCursorRight</td><td>Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection</td><td>Move Cursor Right</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteVerse</td><td>Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice</td><td>Delete Verse</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Finger0</td><td>Inserts fingering for open string</td><td>Finger 0</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>NextDirectiveOfTag</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddMovements</td><td>Add movements from a Denemo file</td><td>Add Movement</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CursorRight</td><td>Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any</td><td>Cursor Right</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>RefreshDisplay</td><td>"Re-draws the Denemo display, which can have side effects on the data"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddVerse</td><td>Add a verse of lyrics</td><td>Add Lyric Verse</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-standalone?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OpenRepeat</td><td>Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and second time bars are needed.</td><td>Open Repeat Section</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>AddStaffs</td><td>Add staffs from a Denemo file</td><td>Add Staffs</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CursorUp</td><td>Moves the cursor one scale step up</td><td>Cursor Up</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertStem</td><td>Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction</td><td>Auto Stemming</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CursorDown</td><td>Moves the cursor one scale step down</td><td>Cursor Down</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Open</td><td>Open a file containing a music score for editing</td><td>Open</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevDirectiveOfTag</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MidiAdvanceOnEdit</td><td>Advances the cursor on MIDI note entry. Use in Edit mode.</td><td>MIDI Advance on Edit</td><td>/MainMenu/ModeMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>Beam1234</td><td>Beams end on each quarter note (up to 4).</td><td>Beam 4 Beats</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>MoveCursorLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection</td><td>Move Cursor Left</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetRelativeFontSize</td><td>"Deprecated - gets an integer from the user via a dialog"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>New</td><td>Start a new musical score</td><td>New File</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteAsMidi</td><td>"Returns the MIDI key number for the note at the cursor, or 0 if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CursorLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any</td><td>Cursor Left</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FlattenEnharmonicSet</td><td>Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter</td><td>Shift Accidentals Flatwise</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeNotehead</td><td>Change the type of notehead for the current note</td><td>Set Notehead</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Presto</td><td>Print Presto in bold italics above the chord.</td><td>Presto</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>Rhythm</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_reverb</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SharpenEnharmonicSet</td><td>Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper</td><td>Shift Accidentals Sharpwise</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTimeSig</td><td>Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure</td><td>Time Signature Change</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>WholeMeasureRest</td><td>Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor</td><td>Whole Measure Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>Blank</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_chorus</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ExecuteScheme</td><td>Execute the scheme code from the scripting window</td><td>Execute Scheme</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetCursorNoteAsMidi</td><td>"Gets the MIDI key number for the note-position where the cursor is"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InitialTimeSig</td><td>Set the initial time signature of the current staff</td><td>Inital Time Signature</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ApplyToSelection</td><td>Followed by a shortcut: applies the shortcut to each note in the selection.</td><td>Apply Shortcut to Notes in Selection</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>Rest</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_sample_rate</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AppendMeasureAllStaffs</td><td>Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement</td><td>Append Measure All Staffs</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FirstChordInSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AngryDelete</td><td>MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect.</td><td>Angry Delete</td><td>/MainMenu/ModeMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>HideMovement</td><td>Hides the movement on printing.</td><td>(Print) Hide Movement</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>string-needs-escape?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Note</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_period_size</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetPadding</td><td>"Returns the padding that has been set by dragging in the Print view window"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextRhythm</td><td>Make next rhythm pattern

230

261

the prevailing rhythm.

231

Notes entered will follow this pattern </li><li>d-AppendMeasuresToScore one optional parameter: No Tooltip yet </li><li>d-SharpenEnharmonicSet one optional parameter: Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper </li><li>d-FlattenEnharmonicSet one optional parameter: Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter </li><li>d-New one optional parameter: Start a new musical score </li><li>d-Open one optional parameter: Open a file containing a music score for editing </li><li>d-AddStaffs one optional parameter: Add staffs from a Denemo file </li><li>d-AddMovements one optional parameter: Add movements from a Denemo file </li><li>d-MovementProps one optional parameter: Change properties of this movement </li><li>d-OpenNewWindow one optional parameter: Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab </li><li>d-Save one optional parameter: Save the score </li><li>d-SaveAs one optional parameter: Save the score under a new name </li><li>d-OpenTemplate one optional parameter: Start a new score from a built-in template file </li><li>d-OpenExample one optional parameter: Start a new score from a built-in example </li><li>d-OpenMyTemplate one optional parameter: Start a new score from one of your own template files </li><li>d-SaveTemplate one optional parameter: Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores </li><li>d-NewWindow one optional parameter: Create working area (tab with an empty score in it) </li><li>d-InsertMovementBefore one optional parameter: Insert a new movement before the current one </li><li>d-InsertMovementAfter one optional parameter: Insert a new movement after the current one </li><li>d-NewMovement one optional parameter: Create a new movement, usign any default template </li><li>d-SaveParts one optional parameter: Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format </li><li>d-ExportPDF one optional parameter: Export the score as a PDF document file </li><li>d-ConfigureScore one optional parameter: Start up a wizard to create a new score. This allows you to set various properties of the score </li><li>d-PrintPreview one optional parameter: Displays the final finished score in your pdf viewer </li><li>d-PrintSelection one optional parameter: Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer </li><li>d-PrintExcerptPreview one optional parameter: Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer </li><li>d-Print one optional parameter: Displays the final finished score in a pdf viewer. From this you can print the file using the print command of the viewer </li><li>d-PrintPart one optional parameter: Displays the final finished score for the current part (that is current staff </li><li>d-Close one optional parameter: Close the current score. Other windows will stay open </li><li>d-Quit one optional parameter: Quit the Denemo program </li><li>d-Undo one optional parameter: Undo </li><li>d-Redo one optional parameter: Redo </li><li>d-Copy one optional parameter: Copy </li><li>d-Cut one optional parameter: Cut </li><li>d-Paste one optional parameter: Paste the selected music </li><li>d-PasteClipboard one optional parameter: Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard </li><li>d-ScoreProperties one optional parameter: Change some of the properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window </li><li>d-SaveSelection one optional parameter: Save the selected music. Not sure if this is working </li><li>d-Preferences one optional parameter: Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup. Edit .denemo/denemorc for missing ones </li><li>d-SaveAccels one optional parameter: Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default </li><li>d-CommandManagement one optional parameter: View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts </li><li>d-SwapStaffs one optional parameter: Swap this staff with the one higher up. Note this actually swaps voices. </li><li>d-SplitVoices one optional parameter: Split off the next voice as a separate staff </li><li>d-JoinVoices one optional parameter: Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff </li><li>d-SwapMovements one optional parameter: Swap this movement with the one before </li><li>d-VoiceUp one optional parameter: Go to the higher numbered voice on staff </li><li>d-VoiceDown one optional parameter: Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff </li><li>d-AddBefore one optional parameter: Inserts a new staff before the current staff </li><li>d-AddAfter one optional parameter: Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff </li><li>d-AddInitial one optional parameter: Inserts a new staff at the top of the score </li><li>d-AddLast one optional parameter: Inserts a new staff at the end of the score </li><li>d-DeleteBefore one optional parameter: Deletes the staff before the current staff </li><li>d-DeleteStaff one optional parameter: Deletes the current staff </li><li>d-DeleteAfter one optional parameter: Deletes the staff after the current staff </li><li>d-AddVoice one optional parameter: Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs </li><li>d-StaffProperties one optional parameter: Change the properties of the current staff </li><li>d-InitialClef one optional parameter: Change the initial clef of the current staff </li><li>d-InsertClef one optional parameter: Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor </li><li>d-InitialKey one optional parameter: Set the initial key signature of the current staff </li><li>d-InsertKey one optional parameter: Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position </li><li>d-InitialTimeSig one optional parameter: Set the initial time signature of the current staff </li><li>d-InsertTimeSig one optional parameter: Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure </li><li>d-ChangeNotehead one optional parameter: Change the type of notehead for the current note </li><li>d-InsertStem one optional parameter: Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction </li><li>d-AddVerse one optional parameter: Add a verse of lyrics </li><li>d-DeleteVerse one optional parameter: Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice </li><li>d-EditFiguredBass one optional parameter: Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other notation </li><li>d-EditChords one optional parameter: Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation </li><li>d-InsertDynamic one optional parameter: Inserts a dynamic marking at the cursor position </li><li>d-InsertLilyDirective one optional parameter: Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas. </li><li>d-EditObject one optional parameter: Edit the object at the cursor. </li><li>d-EditDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor. </li><li>d-EditStaffDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to staff. </li><li>d-EditVoiceDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to voice. </li><li>d-EditScoreDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to score. </li><li>d-EditMovementDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to movement. </li><li>d-EditClefDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to clef. </li><li>d-EditTimesigDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to time signature. </li><li>d-EditKeysigDirective one optional parameter: Edit any directives attached to key signature. </li><li>d-DeleteDirective one optional parameter: Delete a directive attached to chord/note at cursor. </li><li>d-AttachLilyToNote one optional parameter: Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the note at the cursor. This can be used for guitar fingerings, cautionary accidentals and much more. See LilyPond documentation. </li><li>d-AttachLilyToChord one optional parameter: Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the chord at the cursor. This can be used for attaching and placing text and much more. See LilyPond documentation. </li><li>d-InsertBarline one optional parameter: Inserts specialized barline at the cursor position. Mostly not working </li><li>d-GoToMeasure one optional parameter: Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure </li><li>d-GoToBeginning one optional parameter: Go To Beginning </li><li>d-GoToEnd one optional parameter: Go To End </li><li>d-NextMovement one optional parameter: Go to the next movement </li><li>d-PreviousMovement one optional parameter: Go to the previous movement </li><li>d-DeleteMovement one optional parameter: Delete the current movement </li><li>d-Play one optional parameter: Play </li><li>d-Stop one optional parameter: Stop </li><li>d-PlayCSound one optional parameter: Play using CSound... </li><li>d-PlaybackProperties one optional parameter: Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi and csound </li><li>d-Help one optional parameter: Opens a browser on the user manual </li><li>d-About one optional parameter: Gives the version number etc of this program </li><li>d-MoreCommands one optional parameter: Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items </li><li>d-MyCommands one optional parameter: Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras </li><li>d-FetchCommands one optional parameter: Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.

232

Use More Commands after this has finished </li><li>d-ToggleEdit one optional parameter: Toggle between current mode and edit mode </li><li>d-ToggleRest one optional parameter: Toggle between note entry and rest entry </li><li>d-ToggleRhythm one optional parameter: Toggle audible feedback on/off </li><li>d-ClearOverlay one optional parameter: Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes </li><li>d-CreateRhythm one optional parameter: Copy selection as a rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered </li><li>d-DeleteRhythm one optional parameter: Delete the selected rhythm pattern </li><li>d-ChangeToA one optional parameter: Changes note at cursor to nearest note A

233

Rhythm is unchanged </li><li>d-InsertA one optional parameter: Inserts note A before note at cursor

234

Cursor determines which octave

235

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm </li><li>d-ChangeToB one optional parameter: Changes note at cursor to nearest note B

236

Rhythm is unchanged </li><li>d-InsertB one optional parameter: Inserts note B before note at cursor

237

Cursor determines which octave

238

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm </li><li>d-ChangeToC one optional parameter: Changes note at cursor to nearest note C

239

Rhythm is unchanged </li><li>d-InsertC one optional parameter: Inserts note C before note at cursor

240

Cursor determines which octave

241

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm </li><li>d-ChangeToD one optional parameter: Changes note at cursor to nearest note D

242

Rhythm is unchanged </li><li>d-InsertD one optional parameter: Inserts note D before note at cursor

243

Cursor determines which octave

244

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm </li><li>d-ChangeToE one optional parameter: Changes note at cursor to nearest note E

245

Rhythm is unchanged </li><li>d-InsertE one optional parameter: Inserts note E before note at cursor

246

Cursor determines which octave

247

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm </li><li>d-ChangeToF one optional parameter: Changes note at cursor to nearest note F

248

Rhythm is unchanged </li><li>d-InsertF one optional parameter: Inserts note F before note at cursor

249

Cursor determines which octave

250

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm </li><li>d-ChangeToG one optional parameter: Changes note at cursor to nearest note G

251

Rhythm is unchanged </li><li>d-InsertG one optional parameter: Inserts note G before note at cursor

252

Cursor determines which octave

253

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm </li><li>d-0 one optional parameter: In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to music-sign (0)

254

In edit mode changes the current note to music-sign (0)

255

or appends a music-sign (0) if no current note

256

In classic mode inserts a music-sign (0) at the cursor </li><li>d-Insert0 one optional parameter: Insert a music-sign (0) </li><li>d-Change0 one optional parameter: Change the current note to a music-sign (0) </li><li>d-InsertRest0 one optional parameter: Inserts a rest at cursor position

257

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (0) </li><li>d-ChangeRest0 one optional parameter: Changes a rest at cursor position

258

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (0) </li><li>d-1 one optional parameter: In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to music-sign (1)

259

In edit mode changes the current note to music-sign (1)

260

or appends a music-sign (1) if no current note

261

In classic mode inserts a music-sign (1) at the cursor </li><li>d-Insert1 one optional parameter: Insert a music-sign (1) </li><li>d-Change1 one optional parameter: Change the current note to a music-sign (1) </li><li>d-InsertRest1 one optional parameter: Inserts a rest at cursor position

262

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (1) </li><li>d-ChangeRest1 one optional parameter: Changes a rest at cursor position

263

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (1) </li><li>d-2 one optional parameter: In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to music-sign (2)

264

In edit mode changes the current note to music-sign (2)

265

or appends a music-sign (2) if no current note

266

In classic mode inserts a music-sign (2) at the cursor </li><li>d-Insert2 one optional parameter: Insert a music-sign (2) </li><li>d-Change2 one optional parameter: Change the current note to a music-sign (2) </li><li>d-InsertRest2 one optional parameter: Inserts a rest at cursor position

267

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (2) </li><li>d-ChangeRest2 one optional parameter: Changes a rest at cursor position

268

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (2) </li><li>d-3 one optional parameter: In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to music-sign (3)

269

In edit mode changes the current note to music-sign (3)

270

or appends a music-sign (3) if no current note

271

In classic mode inserts a music-sign (3) at the cursor </li><li>d-Insert3 one optional parameter: Insert a music-sign (3) </li><li>d-Change3 one optional parameter: Change the current note to a music-sign (3) </li><li>d-InsertRest3 one optional parameter: Inserts a rest at cursor position

272

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (3) </li><li>d-ChangeRest3 one optional parameter: Changes a rest at cursor position

273

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (3) </li><li>d-4 one optional parameter: In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to music-sign (4)

274

In edit mode changes the current note to music-sign (4)

275

or appends a music-sign (4) if no current note

276

In classic mode inserts a music-sign (4) at the cursor </li><li>d-Insert4 one optional parameter: Insert a music-sign (4) </li><li>d-Change4 one optional parameter: Change the current note to a music-sign (4) </li><li>d-InsertRest4 one optional parameter: Inserts a rest at cursor position

277

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (4) </li><li>d-ChangeRest4 one optional parameter: Changes a rest at cursor position

278

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (4) </li><li>d-5 one optional parameter: In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to music-sign (5)

279

In edit mode changes the current note to music-sign (5)

280

or appends a music-sign (5) if no current note

281

In classic mode inserts a music-sign (5) at the cursor </li><li>d-Insert5 one optional parameter: Insert a music-sign (5) </li><li>d-Change5 one optional parameter: Change the current note to a music-sign (5) </li><li>d-InsertRest5 one optional parameter: Inserts a rest at cursor position

282

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (5) </li><li>d-ChangeRest5 one optional parameter: Changes a rest at cursor position

283

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (5) </li><li>d-6 one optional parameter: In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to music-sign (6)

284

In edit mode changes the current note to music-sign (6)

285

or appends a music-sign (6) if no current note

286

In classic mode inserts a music-sign (6) at the cursor </li><li>d-Insert6 one optional parameter: Insert a music-sign (6) </li><li>d-Change6 one optional parameter: Change the current note to a music-sign (6) </li><li>d-InsertRest6 one optional parameter: Inserts a rest at cursor position

287

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (6) </li><li>d-ChangeRest6 one optional parameter: Changes a rest at cursor position

288

Sets prevailing rhythm to music-sign (6) </li><li>d-HideMenus one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-ScriptCallback one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetOption one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetTextSelection one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetOffset one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetPadding one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetRelativeFontSize one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-InitializeScript one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-LoadCommand one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-LocateDotDenemo one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetType one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetCursorNote one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DebugObject one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetNoteName one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-PutWholeMeasureRests one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetNote one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetNotes one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetNoteDuration one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetDurationInTicks one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-CursorToNote one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-ChangeChordNotes one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-PutNoteName one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DiatonicShift one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-NextObject one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-NextObjectInMeasure one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-NextSelectedObject one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-NextChord one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-NextNote one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-NextStandaloneDirective one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-Chordize one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-SetPrefs one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-HTTP four parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-GetUserInput three parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-WarningDialog one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-InfoDialog one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetChar one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetKeypress one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetCommandKeypress one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetCommand one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-SetDirectiveTagActionScript two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-standalone one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-chord one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-note one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-staff one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-voice one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-score one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-clef one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-timesig one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-keysig one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-scoreheader one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-header one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-paper one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-layout one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGetForTag-movementcontrol one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-note one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-note one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-chord one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-chord one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-staff one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-staff one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-voice one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-voice one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-score one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-score one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-standalone one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-staff-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-voice-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-minpixels one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-staff-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-voice-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-minpixels two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-midibytes one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-midibytes one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-midibytes one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-staff-midibytes one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-voice-midibytes one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-midibytes one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-midibytes one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-midibytes two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-midibytes two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-midibytes two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-staff-midibytes two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-midibytes two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-midibytes two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-staff-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-voice-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-staff-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-voice-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-staff-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-voice-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-staff-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-staff-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-staff-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-staff-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-staff-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-staff-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-voice-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-voice-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-voice-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-voice-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-voice-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-voice-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-score-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-score-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-note-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-chord-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-standalone-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-note-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-chord-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-standalone-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-clef-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-clef-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-clef one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-clef one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-timesig-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-timesig-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-timesig one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-timesig one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-keysig-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-keysig-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-keysig one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-keysig one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-scoreheader-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-scoreheader-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-scoreheader one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-scoreheader one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-header-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-header-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-header one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-header one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-paper-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-paper-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-paper one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-paper one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-layout-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-layout-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-layout one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-layout one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-display two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-prefix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-postfix two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-graphic two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-display one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-prefix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-postfix one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-x two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-y two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-tx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-ty two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-gx two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-gy two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectivePut-movementcontrol-override two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-x one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-y one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-tx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-ty one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-gx one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-gy one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-override one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-width one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-height one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveDelete-movementcontrol one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-DirectiveTextEdit-movementcontrol one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-PutTextClipboard one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetLyric one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetUserName one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetPassword one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-GetMidi one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-PutMidi one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-OutputMIDI one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-PlayMidiKey one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-OneShotTimer one required and one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-BassFigure two parameters: To be documented </li><li>d-GetNoteAsMidi one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-RefreshDisplay one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-SetSaved one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>d-InputFilterNames one optional parameter: To be documented </li><li>DenemoPref_lilypath: Holds the value of the user's lilypath preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_midiplayer: Holds the value of the user's midiplayer preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_audioplayer: Holds the value of the user's audioplayer preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_csoundcommand: Holds the value of the user's csoundcommand preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_csoundorcfile: Holds the value of the user's csoundorcfile preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_pdfviewer: Holds the value of the user's pdfviewer preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_imageviewer: Holds the value of the user's imageviewer preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_username: Holds the value of the user's username preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_password: Holds the value of the user's password preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_texteditor: Holds the value of the user's texteditor preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_denemopath: Holds the value of the user's denemopath preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_temperament: Holds the value of the user's temperament preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_midi_in: Holds the value of the user's midi_in preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_sequencer: Holds the value of the user's sequencer preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_lilyversion: Holds the value of the user's lilyversion preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_autosave: Holds the value of the user's autosave preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_autosave_timeout: Holds the value of the user's autosave_timeout preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_maxhistory: Holds the value of the user's maxhistory preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_saveparts: Holds the value of the user's saveparts preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_createclones: Holds the value of the user's createclones preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_lilyentrystyle: Holds the value of the user's lilyentrystyle preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_immediateplayback: Holds the value of the user's immediateplayback preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_strictshortcuts: Holds the value of the user's strictshortcuts preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_resolution: Holds the value of the user's resolution preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_overlays: Holds the value of the user's overlays preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_continuous: Holds the value of the user's continuous preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_jacktransport: Holds the value of the user's jacktransport preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_jacktransport_start_stopped: Holds the value of the user's jacktransport_start_stopped preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_jack_at_startup: Holds the value of the user's jack_at_startup preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_rtcs: Holds the value of the user's rtcs preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_notation_palette: Holds the value of the user's notation_palette preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_articulation_palette: Holds the value of the user's articulation_palette preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_visible_directive_buttons: Holds the value of the user's visible_directive_buttons preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_autoupdate: Holds the value of the user's autoupdate preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_rhythm_palette: Holds the value of the user's rhythm_palette preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_object_palette: Holds the value of the user's object_palette preference: value is a string </li><li>DenemoPref_browser: Holds the value of the user's browser preference: value is a string </li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="DenemoDirectives"></a>Denemo Directives</h2></div></div></div><p>

262

Notes entered will follow this pattern</td><td>Next Rhythm</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextChordInSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>string-escape</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>EditMode</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_zoom</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRhythm</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Rhythm</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>BassFigure</td><td>"Returns a string for the bass figure for the two MIDI keys passed in"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertKey</td><td>Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position</td><td>Key Signature Change</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Andante</td><td>Print Andante in bold italics above the chord.</td><td>Andante</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>char-escape-spec</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMode</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_system_height</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePitch</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Change Pitch</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OneShotTimer</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InitialKey</td><td>Set the initial key signature of the current staff</td><td>Initial Key</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Chord?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ClassicMode</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Augment</td><td>Augments the current Note/Chord/Rest. Quarter Note becomes Half Note.</td><td>Augment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>ForceCaution</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Force Cautionary Accidental</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PlayMidiKey</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertClef</td><td>Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor</td><td>Clef Change</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>string-escaper</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Modeless</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetGrace</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Grace</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OutputMIDI</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OpenOctaveUp</td><td>Opens a block to be transposed up one octave

263

This must be followed by a CloseBlock "}" to end the transposed section.</td><td>(Print) Open { Octave Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>MovementPageBreak</td><td>Prints this movement starting on a new page</td><td>Page Break Before</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_LILYPOND</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleArpeggio</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Apreggio (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SingleAndSelectionSwitcher</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetOffset</td><td>"Returns the offset that has been set by dragging in the Print view window"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PutMidi</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CreateButton</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetMovementTempo</td><td>Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute.</td><td>MIDI Tempo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_GRAPHIC</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleUpprall</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Up Prall (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InitialClef</td><td>Change the initial clef of the current staff</td><td>Initial Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Allegro</td><td>Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord.</td><td>Allegro</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>CursorGoDown</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-timesig</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_EDITOR</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleThumb</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Thumb (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StaffProperties</td><td>Change the properties of the current staff</td><td>Staff Properties</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_VOLUME</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Diminish</td><td>Diminishs the note/chord/rest. Quarter Note becomes Eight Note. </td><td>Diminish</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStopped</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Stopped (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddVoice</td><td>Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs</td><td>Add Voice</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetChar</td><td>"Intercepts the next keypress and returns a string containing the character. Returns #f if keyboard interception was not possible."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetMidi</td><td>"Intercepts a MIDI event and returns it as a 4 byte number"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_DURATION</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleSforzato</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Sforzato (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CursorGoUp</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CloseLilyBlock</td><td>Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)</td><td>(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>NoBeam</td><td>Prints note without any beam attached.</td><td>No Beam Here</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_REPEAT</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleSegno</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Segno (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetHighestNote</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetTextSelection</td><td>"Returns the text on the clipboard"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Zoom70</td><td>Zoom to 70%</td><td>70%</td><td>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_CHANNEL</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleReverseTurn</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Reverse Turn (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteAfter</td><td>Deletes the staff after the current staff</td><td>Delete Staff After</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetLowestNote</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetPassword</td><td>"Asks the user for a password which is returned"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TEMPO</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePrall</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Prall (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteStaff</td><td>Deletes the current staff</td><td>Delete Current Staff</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-timesig?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_ONCE</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SearchBookmarkR</td><td>Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff.</td><td>Search Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePrallPrall</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Prall Prall (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteBefore</td><td>Deletes the staff before the current staff</td><td>Delete Staff Before</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InfoDialog</td><td>"Takes a message as a string. Pops up the message for the user to take note of as a informative message"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-keysig</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_STEP</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePrallMordent</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Prall Mordent (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeOctaveUp</td><td>Instructs the LilyPond Engraver to transpose this score one octave up.</td><td>(Print) Transpose Octave Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>GetUserName</td><td>"Asks the user for a user name which is returned"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTupletNumbering</td><td>Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets.</td><td>Tuplet Numbering on/off</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RAMP</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleOpen</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Open (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DocumentCommand</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetOption</td><td>"create a dialog with the options & return the one chosen, of #f if the user cancels"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomDialog</td><td>Scales the display by value given by user.</td><td>Set Display Scale</td><td>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RELATIVE</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleFlageolet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Flageolet (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddLast</td><td>Inserts a new staff at the end of the score</td><td>Add Last Staff</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_PERCENT</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleCoda</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Coda (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddInitial</td><td>Inserts a new staff at the top of the score</td><td>Add Initial Staff</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetLyric</td><td>"Returns the lyric for the note at the cursor"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MIDI_MASK</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>BookmarkRNonPrinting</td><td>Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output.</td><td>Add non-printing Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStaccatissimo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Staccatissimo (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddAfter</td><td>Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff</td><td>Add Staff After</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>WarningDialog</td><td>"Takes a message as a string. Pops up the message for the user to take note of as a warning"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PutTextClipboard</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleMordent</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Mordent (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection</td><td>Sets the interval for a transpose operation from the first two notes of the current selection.</td><td>Set Transpose Interval</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreIndent</td><td>Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount.</td><td>Indent</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-keysig?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTurn</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Turn (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-clef</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DynamicsDialog</td><td>Choose dynamics and midi volume level.</td><td>Dynamics</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTrill</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Trill (Off/On</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddBefore</td><td>Inserts a new staff before the current staff</td><td>Add Staff Before</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-movementcontrol</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a movementcontrol directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTenuto</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Tenuto (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToVoiceDown</td><td>Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection</td><td>Move to Voice Down</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>BookmarkRNamed</td><td>Adds a named Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark</td><td>Add named Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStaccato</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Staccato (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToVoiceUp</td><td>Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection</td><td>Move to Voice Up</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetUserInput</td><td>"Takes three strings, title, prompt and initial value. Shows these to the user and returns the user's string."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleFermata</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Fermata (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>HideMenus</td><td>"Hides all the menus"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeNote</td><td>Transposes the note at the cursor by the amount set by other commands.</td><td>Transpose Note</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-movementcontrol</td><td>"Deletes a movementcontrol directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Indent</td><td>Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement.</td><td>Indent</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleAccent</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Accent (Off/On)</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest8</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

264

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SlurTwo</td><td>Creates a slur from current note to next note.</td><td>Slur with Next Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndDiminuendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>End Diminuendo</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>VoiceDown</td><td>Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any</td><td>Voice Down</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest8</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

265

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-clef?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStartDiminuendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Start Diminuendo</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>VoiceUp</td><td>Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any</td><td>Voice Up</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-voice</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>RehearsalMark</td><td>Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark</td><td>Add Rehearsal/Bookmark</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndCrescendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>End Crescendo</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SwapMovements</td><td>Swap this movement with the one before</td><td>Swap Movements</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>HTTP</td><td>"Takes 4 parameters and makes http transaction with www.denemo.org"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-header</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a header directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStartCrescendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Start Crescendo</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set8</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeSelection</td><td>Opens a dialog to get an interval, then transposes by that interval.</td><td>Transpose Selection</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreCopyright</td><td>Prints a line of text at the end of the score, above the tagline.</td><td>Copyright</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndSlur</td><td>Insert/delete end slur on this note</td><td>End Slur</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Change8</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleBeginSlur</td><td>Insert/delete begin slur on this note</td><td>Begin Slur</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>JoinVoices</td><td>Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff</td><td>Join Voices</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DesignateVoice</td><td>This script is used when entering several voices per staff--it enters a lilypond command to set all of the various gadgets to the proper directions to avoid clashes and make it all look nice. </td><td>Designate Voice</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-header</td><td>"Deletes a header directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert8</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>UnsetMark</td><td>Gets rid of the selection.</td><td>Unset Mark</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SplitVoices</td><td>Split off the next voice as a separate staff</td><td>Split Voices</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevBookmarkR</td><td>Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff.</td><td>Prev Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>SetMark</td><td>Sets the start point for a selection,

266

the cursor position is the end point</td><td>Set Mark</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SwapStaffs</td><td>Swap this staff with the one higher up. Note this actually swaps voices.</td><td>Swap Staffs</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-voice?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DetachQuitCallback</td><td>"Removes a callback from the current musical score"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>8</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span>

267

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span>

268

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span> if no current note

269

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">8</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>D.C.AlFine</td><td>Puts a da capo in the score. Position is adjusted via the numbers in the script.</td><td>D. C. al fine</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks</td></tr><tr><td>MovementPiece</td><td>Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement.</td><td>Piece</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-staff</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest7</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

270

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-timesig</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a timesig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CommandManagement</td><td>View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts</td><td>Manage Command Set</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MM</td><td>Prints a metronome mark.</td><td>Metronome Mark</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest7</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

271

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SaveAccels</td><td>Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default</td><td>Save Command Set</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextBookmarkR</td><td>Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff.</td><td>Next Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set C Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-timesig</td><td>"Deletes a timesig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AttachQuitCallback</td><td>"Takes a script as a string, which will be stored. All the callbacks are called when the musical score is closed"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set G Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set7</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set D Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MovementSubtitle</td><td>Prints the given name below the title of the current movement.</td><td>Subtitle</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Change7</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-staff?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialASharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Tempo</td><td>Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not</td><td>Tempo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>Insert7</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-layout</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeStaffPrint</td><td>Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addtion to any score-wide transposition</td><td>(Print) Transpose</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetPrefs</td><td>"Takes xml representation of a preference and adds it to the Denemo preferences"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span>

272

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span>

273

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span> if no current note

274

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">7</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MovementTitle</td><td>Prints the name given as a title above the current movement.</td><td>Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest6</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

275

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set B Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MidiTempo</td><td>Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout.</td><td>Set Tempo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest6</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

276

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set E Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-layout?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest</td><td>%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff</td><td>Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set A Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-paper</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Chordize</td><td>"Enforces the treatment of the note at the cursor as a chord in LilyPond"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set6</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreTagline</td><td>Prints a line of text at the end of the score.</td><td>Tagline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>Change6</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Db Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddDuplicateMeasure</td><td>Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure.</td><td>Insert Duplicate Measure After</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert6</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CountSteps</td><td>%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes</td><td>Step Counting Exercise</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevStandaloneDirective</td><td>"Moves the cursor the previous object that is a Denemo Directive in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span>

277

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span>

278

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span> if no current note

279

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">6</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-paper?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScorePoet</td><td>Prints Poet-name given to left above first movement of the score.</td><td>Poet</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest5</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

280

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-movementcontrol</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set C# Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>BarNumbers</td><td>Turns bar numbering on/off in print out.</td><td>Bar Numbers On/Off</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Numbering</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest5</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

281

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F# Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetScoreSize::Set</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StepSkipOrSame</td><td>%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip</td><td>Beginner Interval Detection</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set B Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextStandaloneDirective</td><td>"Moves the cursor the next object that is a Denemo Directive in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set5</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set E Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreOpus</td><td>Name of the opus, flush-right below the arranger.</td><td>Opus</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Change5</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set A Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PaperSize</td><td>Specifies how the printed page should be.</td><td>Paper Size and Orientation</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>Insert5</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set D Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-movementcontrol?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Initial Keysig to G Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ReadingNoteNames</td><td>%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale</td><td>Note Name Recognition</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-scoreheader</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Initial Keysig to C Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevNote</td><td>"Moves the cursor the previous object of type CHORD which is not a rest in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span>

282

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span>

283

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span> if no current note

284

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">5</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Ab Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreMeter</td><td>Meter string, flush-left below the poet.</td><td>Meter</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest4</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

285

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Eb Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SlurNeutral</td><td>Prints slurs as normal</td><td>Auto Slur Directions</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Bb Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest4</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

286

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChordComment</td><td>Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert C Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextNote</td><td>"Moves the cursor the next object of type CHORD which is not a rest in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-scoreheader?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert G Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set4</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreInstrument</td><td>Name of the instrument, centered below the subsubtitle. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page).</td><td>Instrument</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-score</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert D Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Change4</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SlurUp</td><td>Prints slurs up</td><td>Slur Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertASharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert A# Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert4</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPrintAllHeaders</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert D# Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StaffComment</td><td>Saves textual comments for this staff</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert G# Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevChord</td><td>"Moves the cursor the the previous object of type CHORD in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert C# Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span>

287

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span>

288

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span> if no current note

289

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">4</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoSetPlaybackIntervalToSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreDedication</td><td>The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page.</td><td>Dedication</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F# Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest3</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

290

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoSetPlaybackEnd</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-score?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SlurDown</td><td>Prints slur below</td><td>Slur Down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert B Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest3</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

291

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoSetPlaybackStart</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-note</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert E Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MvntComment</td><td>Stores textual comments for this movement</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert A Minor</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextChord</td><td>"Moves the cursor the the next object of type CHORD in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoVolume</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Cb Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set3</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreComposer</td><td>Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle.</td><td>Composer</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Gb Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Change3</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoTempo</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StartTuplet</td><td>Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc.</td><td>Start Arbitrary Tuplet</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Db Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert3</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Ab Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-note?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetScoreHeaderField</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreComment</td><td>Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score.</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Eb Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevSelectedObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the previous object in the selection. Returns #t if the cursor moved"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoLoop</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Bb Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-chord</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span>

292

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span>

293

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span> if no current note

294

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">3</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreArranger</td><td>Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer.</td><td>Arranger</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest2</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

295

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoLast</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>HideOssia</td><td>Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff</td><td>Hide Ossia</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert C# Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest2</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

296

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F# Major</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DrumGM2Custom</td><td>Convert General Midi drum-staffs to user-notation drum-staffs. Please edit the script to enter your own values.</td><td>Drum GM2 Custom </td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoForward</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Bmaj</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextSelectedObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the next object in the selection. Returns #t if the cursor moved"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Emaj</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set2</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoNext</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreTitle</td><td>Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score.</td><td>Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Amaj</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Change2</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ShowOssia</td><td>Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff</td><td>Show Ossia</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoGoForward</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Dmaj</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert2</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Gmaj</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NonPrintingStaff</td><td>Hides the staff in LilyPond print out.</td><td>Non-Printing Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPause</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Cmaj</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevObjectInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the previous object in the current measure, returning #f if the cursor was on the first object"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set98Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 9/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span>

297

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span>

298

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span> if no current note

299

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">2</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>%module-public-interface</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ReminderAccidental</td><td>Shows the accidental in the print out inside (). Display shows accidental but plain.</td><td>Reminder Accidental</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditModeNote/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPlay</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set128Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 12/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest1</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

300

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Playback::Loop</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set68Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 6/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CreateOssiaStaff</td><td>Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures.</td><td>Create Ossia Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest1</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

301

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-layout</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a layout directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoStop</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set38Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 3/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-score</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a score directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTripleting</td><td>Inserts a start triplet or end tuple alternately.</td><td>Toggle Triplet Entry Off/On</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</td></tr><tr><td>Set64Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 6/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextObjectInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the next object in the current measure, returning #f if there were no more objects to the left in the current measure"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoRewind</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set24Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 2/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set1</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-layout</td><td>"Deletes a layout directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CautionaryAccidental</td><td>Forces the accidental on the note to be printed.</td><td>Cautionary Accidental</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditModeNote/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>Set34Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 3/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Change1</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPrevious</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-score</td><td>"Deletes a score directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set44Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 4/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FindEditPoint</td><td>Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes.</td><td>Find Edit Point</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>Insert1</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoGoBack</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set42Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 4/2 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ReBar</td><td>Removes gaps. redistributes the notes following the time signature.</td><td>Adjust the Barlines</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Set32Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 3/2 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-scoreheader</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a scoreheader directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PrevObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the left returning #t if the cursor moved"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-voice</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a voice directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoFirst</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set22Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 2/2 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span>

302

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span>

303

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span> if no current note

304

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">1</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert98Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 9/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Fortissimo</td><td>Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor</td><td>Fortissimo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest0</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position

305

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td>Change a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert128Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 12/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MultiMeasureRests</td><td>Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor. You must create the whole measure rests first.</td><td>Multi-Measure Rests</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest0</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position

306

Sets prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span>rest</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-scoreheader</td><td>"Deletes a scoreheader directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-voice</td><td>"Deletes a voice directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert68Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 6/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>IRC</td><td>Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat</td><td>Chat to Other Users</td><td>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Insert38Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 3/8 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the right returning #t if this was possible"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert64Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 6/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Set0</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-staff</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a staff directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>D-Anacrusis</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert24Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 2/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Glissando</td><td>Inserts a glissando</td><td>Glissando</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks</td></tr><tr><td>Change0</td><td>Change the current note to a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-clef</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a clef directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MIDI_INTERPRETATION_MASK</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert34Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 3/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>OpenOctaveDown</td><td>Opens a block printing an octave lower</td><td>(Print) Open { Octave Down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>Insert0</td><td>Insert a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MIDI_ACTION_MASK</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetHeaderField</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert44Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 4/4 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_DYNAMIC</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-staff</td><td>"Deletes a staff directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GoToEmptyMeasure</td><td>Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends.</td><td>Go To Next Empty Measure</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>Insert42Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 4/2 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-clef</td><td>"Deletes a clef directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DiatonicShift</td><td>"Moves the note at the cursor by the number of diatonic steps passed in"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert32Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 3/2 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_HIDDEN</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>In insert mode, changes prevailing rhythm to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span>

307

In edit mode changes the current note to <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span>

308

or appends a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span> if no current note

309

In classic mode inserts a <span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span> at the cursor</td><td><span size="10000" face="Denemo">0</span></td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insert22Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 2/2 Time</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DoubleBarline</td><td>Insert a double barline at cursor position.</td><td>Double Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>VERSION_MAJOR</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertG</td><td>Inserts note G before note at cursor

310

Cursor determines which octave

311

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert G</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-chord</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a chord directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialSopranoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Soprano Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>VERSION_MINOR</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>NextHigher</td><td>Move cursor to next note higher than cursor posiiton</td><td>Next Higher</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToG</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note G

312

Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to G</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialTenorClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Tenor Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>VERSION_MICRO</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeValue</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ParenthesizeNote</td><td>Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed.</td><td>Parenthesize Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAltoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Alto Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PutNoteName</td><td>"Takes a LilyPond note name, and changes the note at the cursor to that note"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-chord</td><td>"Deletes a chord directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialg8clef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set G8 Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertF</td><td>Inserts note F before note at cursor

313

Cursor determines which octave

314

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert F</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBassClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Bass Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>StringNum</td><td>Followed by a number, places string number on note.</td><td>String Number</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</td></tr><tr><td>CHORD</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToF</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note F

315

Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to F</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PlayNote</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TUPOPEN</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Adagio</td><td>Attaches tempo marking to chord at cursor</td><td>Adagio</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>InsertE</td><td>Inserts note E before note at cursor

316

Cursor determines which octave

317

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert E</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialTrebleClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Treble Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-note</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a note directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TUPCLOSE</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSopranoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Soprano Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ParenthesizeChord</td><td>Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing.</td><td>Parenthesize Chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</td></tr><tr><td>CLEF</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTenorClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Tenor Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeChordNotes</td><td>"Takes a string of LilyPond note names. Replaces the notes of the chord at the cursor with these notes, preserving other attributes"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TIMESIG</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToE</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note E

318

Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to E</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAltoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Alto Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-note</td><td>"Deletes a note directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>LHFinger</td><td>Followed by a number, print Left Hand fingering on note</td><td>Left Hand Fingering</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</td></tr><tr><td>KEYSIG</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertD</td><td>Inserts note D before note at cursor

319

Cursor determines which octave

320

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert D</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Insertg8clef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New G8 Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>BARLINE</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FiguredBassFilterOn</td><td>Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass.</td><td>Figured Bass Filter On</td><td>/MainMenu/ModeMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToD</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note D

321

Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to D</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBassClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Bass Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>STEMDIRECTIVE</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTrebleClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Treble Clef</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-movementcontrol</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a movementcontrol directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TitlePage</td><td>Makes this movement a title page (no music)</td><td>Set Movement as Title Page</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles Etc</td></tr><tr><td>MEASUREBREAK</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>TallerStaffs</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Taller Staffs</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CursorToNote</td><td>"Takes LilyPond note name string. Moves the cursor to the line or space"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>STAFFBREAK</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ShorterStaffs</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Shorter Staffs</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-height</td><td>"Writes the height field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertC</td><td>Inserts note C before note at cursor

322

Cursor determines which octave

323

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert C</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>SetFontSize</td><td>Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up.</td><td>(Print)Set Overall Score Size</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>DYNAMIC</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>WidenMeasures</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Widen Measures</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-layout</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a layout directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToC</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note C

324

Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to C</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GRACE_START</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertWholeMeasureRest</td><td>Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it. Do not invoke in a populated measure preceding an empty measure.</td><td>Insert Whole Measure Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ShrinkMeasures</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Shrink Measure</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertB</td><td>Inserts note B before note at cursor

325

Cursor determines which octave

326

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert B</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GRACE_END</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteMeasureAllStaffs</td><td>Delete the current measure in all staffs</td><td>Delete Measure All Staffs</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-width</td><td>"Writes the width field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>LYRIC</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteDynamic</td><td>Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor.</td><td>Delete</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteMeasure</td><td>Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short</td><td>Staff Delete Measure</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetDurationInTicks</td><td>"Returns the number of ticks (PPQN) for the chord at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-paper</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a paper directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FIGURE</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AppendMeasure</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Staff Append Measure</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToB</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note B

327

Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to B</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ApplyToSelection</td><td>Followed by a shortcut: applies the shortcut to each note in the selection.</td><td>Apply Shortcut to Notes in Selection</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>LILYDIRECTIVE</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMeasureAfter</td><td>Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure</td><td>Staff Insert Measure After</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertA</td><td>Inserts note A before note at cursor

328

Cursor determines which octave

329

Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert A</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>FAKECHORD</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Largo</td><td>Attaches Largo to chord</td><td>Largo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMeasureBefore</td><td>Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)</td><td>Staff Insert Measure Before</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-header</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a header directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToA</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note A

330

Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to A</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>PARTIAL</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>AddMeasure</td><td>Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)</td><td>Insert Measure After</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>MezzoForte</td><td>Attach mf indication to a chord.</td><td>Mezzo Forte</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMeasure</td><td>Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)</td><td>Insert Measure Before</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteDuration</td><td>"Returns the duration in LilyPond syntax of the note at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeletePreviousObject</td><td>Delete to the left of the cursor.</td><td>Delete Previous Object</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-scoreheader</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a scoreheader directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteRhythm</td><td>Delete the selected rhythm pattern</td><td>Delete Rhythm</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatEndStart</td><td>Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another</td><td>Repeat End-Start</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteObject</td><td>Delete the object at the cursor</td><td>Delete Object</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>CreateRhythm</td><td>Copy selection as a rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered</td><td>Create Rhythm</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Paste</td><td>Pastes copied/cut music. Include measure boundaries if needed.</td><td>Paste</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>FindNextLowerNote</td><td>Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor.</td><td>Next Lower</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTie</td><td>Ties/unties the note at the cursor</td><td>Toggle Tie</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ClearOverlay</td><td>Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes</td><td>Clear Overlay</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>ScriptCallback</td><td>"Takes the the name of a scripted command. Runs the script stored for that command. Scripts which invoke other scripted commands use this (implicitly?) "</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTiedNote</td><td>Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied</td><td>Tied note</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-keysig</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a keysig directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-chord?</td><td>No help</td><td>--</td><td>--</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="DenemoDirectives"></a>Denemo Directives</h2></div></div></div><p>

289

331

These give attributes to objects that are not built-in but can be changed by the user.

290

332

</p><p>

291

333

Denemo Directives can be attached at almost every level of a Denemo score and can modify the behavior of the element concerned. They contain fields to describe how the element's properties should be modified, either in the display or in the printing. Elements, such as clefs notes etc have their own built-in display and print properties; Denemo Directives allow you (or scripts you invoke) to modify them for many more purposes than the built-in set allows. This means Denemo can grow - you can add features - without getting a new version.

337

379

</li><li>

338

380

d-DirectiveDelete-type type is one of score, scoreheader, movementcontrol, header, paper, layout, clef, timesig, keysig, staff, voice, standalone, chord or note. This function returns #t or #f if a directive with the given tag was deleted.

339

381

</li></ul></div><p>

340

</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731350"></a>The Directive Fields</h3></div></div></div>

382

</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2611773"></a>The Directive Fields</h3></div></div></div>

341

383

342

384

The fields of the Denemo Directive can control the Denemo Display and the LilyPond output.

343

385

<p>

393

435

DENEMO_OVERRIDE_PERCENT : value in midibytes is interpreted as percentage value. not yet implemented

394

436

</li></ul></div><p>

395

437

</p><p>

396

These flags are combined together to get the combination required for the directive using the scheme procedure called logior.</p><p>Here is an example, making a step-change in volume of 0x40 in the MIDI output, and printing "pi� mosso" in the output score </p><p></p><p>;;;;;;;;;; piu mosso</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-minpixels "StepTempo" 20)</p><p>(d-CursorLeft)</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-override "StepTempo" (logior DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TEMPO DENEMO_OVERRIDE_STEP DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RELATIVE))</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-midibytes "StepTempo" "40")</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-display "StepTempo" "piu mosso")</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-postfix "StepTempo" "^\\markup {\\bold \\italic \"pi� mosso\"}")</p><p>(d-RefreshDisplay)</p><p>In this example the directive is a standalone directive. MIDI commands are being extended to apply to chords and notes. Implementation of the commands for Voices, Movements, Score etc are not yet done.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2731561"></a>Directive Edit Scripts</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731567"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div></div><p>

438

These flags are combined together to get the combination required for the directive using the scheme procedure called logior.</p><p>Here is an example, making a step-change in volume of 0x40 in the MIDI output, and printing "pi� mosso" in the output score </p><p></p><p>;;;;;;;;;; piu mosso</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-minpixels "StepTempo" 20)</p><p>(d-CursorLeft)</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-override "StepTempo" (logior DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TEMPO DENEMO_OVERRIDE_STEP DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RELATIVE))</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-midibytes "StepTempo" "40")</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-display "StepTempo" "piu mosso")</p><p>(d-DirectivePut-standalone-postfix "StepTempo" "^\\markup {\\bold \\italic \"pi� mosso\"}")</p><p>(d-RefreshDisplay)</p><p>In this example the directive is a standalone directive. MIDI commands are being extended to apply to chords and notes. Implementation of the commands for Voices, Movements, Score etc are not yet done.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2611984"></a>Directive Edit Scripts</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2611989"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div></div><p>

397

439

Score and movement directives can define a value for their graphic - a button then appears at the top of the score which can be used to edit the directive. Likewise Staff and Voice directives show as a properties icon before the staff to which they apply (staff directives above, voice directives below). Clicking on these lets you edit the directive.

398

440

</p><p>

399

441

The command EditDirective can be used when the cursor is on a Denemo Directive object, or an object with a Denemo Directive attached to it. What happens then is determined by a script named after the "tag", or name of the directive. For example the command RehearsalMark creates a Directive with tag "RehearsalMark" and EditDirective runs a script called RehearsalMark.scm.

406

448

</li></ul></div><p>

407

449

</p><p>

408

450

For example (d-DirectiveTextEdit-paper "PrintAllHeaders") gives low-level access to the directive setting the print all headers command in the paper block of the LilyPond output.

409

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731633"></a>Initialization Scripts</h3></div></div></div><p>

451

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612063"></a>Initialization Scripts</h3></div></div></div><p>

410

452

Each menu can have an initialization script, which can contain procedures that would be too time consuming to define every time they are needed. These scripts are guaranteed to be run before any menu item is activated within the menu. They can be read/written using the right click menu on any scripted menu item.

411

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731648"></a>Edit Scripts</h3></div></div></div><p>

453

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612078"></a>Edit Scripts</h3></div></div></div><p>

412

454

Each directive has a tag field, so that it can be recognized by the scripts that manipulate it. In particular for each tag there can be an edit script, for editing a directive of that tag.

413

455

Edit scripts are kept in a directory actions/editscripts parallel with the directory actions/menus where the commands themselves are kept. </p><p>

414

456

You can read and write edit scripts by using the low level editing dialog on a directive with the tag you are writing for.

439

481

(define cue-SetPadding "Set Padding")

440

482

(define cue-Delete "Delete")

441

483

442

</li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2731747"></a>LilyPond Editing</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731752"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div></div><p>

484

</li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2612184"></a>LilyPond Editing</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612189"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div></div><p>

443

485

From version 0.7.8 we have the ability to edit the LilyPond output within Denemo. This approach immediately makes Denemo able to do many more things (e.g. multiple verses for songs) with the music still editable from within Denemo. The gallery of examples and the standard templates contain examples which you can use.

444

486

</p><p>

445

487

These can be used without knowing the LilyPond language (provided a suitable template or example file exists). Alternatively, with a general idea of how a LilyPond file works tweaks from the LilyPond documentation can be inserted into the LilyPond output and stored with the Denemo, leaving open the possibility of further editing of the notes within Denemo without the need to re-apply tweaks or keep separate LilyPond files.

446

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731786"></a>Using the LilyPond Window</h3></div></div></div><p>

488

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612215"></a>Using the LilyPond Window</h3></div></div></div><p>

447

489

Under the View menu is a Show LilyPond item which pops up a window with the LilyPond output in it. The text is interspersed with buttons which enable you to hide or show the various sections or to create custom versions. The text in bold can be altered and the alterations are kept in the Denemo file.

448

490

</p><p>

449

491

The two windows are kept in sync, so you can move back and forth between editing textually and editing in Denemo.

450

492

</p><p>

451

493

Right clicking on the text gives a menu for actions on the LilyPond text. There is one for moving the cursor to the LilyPond text for the current Denemo object. Moving the cursor in the text window with the arrow keys causes the Denemo window cursor to move in synchronism.

452

494

</p><p>

453

This menu also includes a Print command that operates on the visible LilyPond text in the window. This means you can open specific custom score blocks and print from them, or even make a temporary edit for just one print. If you save the program while a choice of custom scoreblocks is open then these are remembered. So when you reload and hit Print those score blocks will be printed.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731824"></a>Detail</h3></div></div></div><p>

495

454

496

Several custom scoreblocks can be kept, and by making the one(s) desired visible, the same Denemo file can be used to print a variety of things from the same music input. For example, a full score or a set of parts, or several voices on group of staffs or even a piano reduction. The custom scoreblocks can be are named using the comment on the first line (see the template Piano.denemo for an example).

455

497

</p><p>

456

498

The various Voices/Staffs for the different Movements are separated by buttons. These are labelled by enumerating the movements and staffs in order, so the first voice in the first movement has the music defined as

478

520

When you delete a LilyPond directive textually you have to move the cursor to start re-inserting it.

479

521

LilyPond notes cannot be parsed back in (would be useful for importing music from arbitrary LilyPond files).

480

522

LilyPond inserts at notes can only be completely deleted in the Denemo window - inserts are not merged.

481

</td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2731929"></a>Using the Denemo Classic Mode</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><p>This section describes how to use the original note entry mode to enter music from the keyboard.</p><p>Lets look at <a href="#accidentals" title="Figure�2.�Accidentals">Figure�2, “Accidentals”</a>. We see a c major scale and an arpeggio spread over two octaves. Type the letter 'c', the cursor jumps to the nearest c, (if it is in the wrong octave, type a comma [to go down] , or an apostrophe [to go up]) . We have reached middle c, we could start moving the cursor up note by note using the k key and then down note by note using the k key. A faster method however is to type the letter name of each note and moves the cursor to the exact pitch. This holds true for the notes of a chord or arpeggio, we jump to the note by typing the note name and adjust the octave with the command and apostrophe. This works if within an octave. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>Often you will want to enter notes that jump a large interval. To speed up note entry in such circumstances help Denemo determine the direction by moving one step in that direction using the left or right keys. If you have entered a note on middle c and want to enter a b one octave higher, hit the k key before entering the note. Another solution to big leaps would be to first type an apostrophe or comma to get into the intended octave and only then type the note name.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2731976"></a>Rhythm Entry in Classic Mode</h3></div></div></div><p>Now that we have an idea how to move around the staff we are ready to add note values. Note values are entered using the right hand. shows the rhythm entry keys as <span class="acronym">0,1,2,3,4,5,6 </span>. This yields the following: <span class="emphasis"><em>0</em></span>= a whole note, <span class="emphasis"><em>1</em></span> = a half note, <span class="emphasis"><em>2</em></span> = an quarter note,<span class="emphasis"><em>3</em></span>= a eigth note,<span class="emphasis"><em>4</em></span> = a 16th note, <span class="emphasis"><em>5</em></span> = a 32nd note, and <span class="emphasis"><em>6</em></span> = a sixty fourth.

482

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732019"></a>Accidentals in Classic Mode</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="accidentals"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure�2.�Accidentals</b></p><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/accidentals.png" align="middle" width="NaN" alt="Accidentals"></div></div><p>Accidentals are added using the plus and minus keys on the keyboard. Double sharps and flats are added with additional pluses and minuses as needed in any particular key signature.</p><p><a href="#accidentals" title="Figure�2.�Accidentals">Figure�2, “Accidentals”</a> shows a chromatic scale starting on middle C and ending on middle C. To add accidentals while typing new notes do the following:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>Enter a middle C eighth note (type c and then the keybinding of the rhythmic value, if you need to adjust the octave use the command and apostrophe)</p></li><li><p>Enter another middle C eighth note, this time type the plus sign<span><strong class="command"> (+)</strong></span> immediately afterwards, a C sharp appears</p></li><li><p>Enter a D eighth note (type d followed by its rhythmic keybinding)</p></li><li><p>Enter a D sharp eighth note (type d and its rhythmic keybinding and then +)</p></li><li><p>Continue adding notes until you have an exact copy of the first two measures of <a href="#accidentals" title="Figure�2.�Accidentals">Figure�2, “Accidentals”</a>.</p></li><li><p>To add flats enter the b eighth note in measure 3 then type a dash <span><strong class="command">(-)</strong></span> a b flat appears.</p></li><li><p>Continue adding flats until you have and exact copy of measures three and four.</p></li></ol></div><p>To add accidentals to existing notation do the following:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>Navigate to the note you want to alter using the arrow keys (or your custom keybindings). </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>You don't have to be on the exact pitch to add an accidental but make sure to be on the note you want to alter.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li><p>Type a <span><strong class="command">+</strong></span> to alter the pitch up a half step and a <span><strong class="command">-</strong></span> to alter the pitch down a half step.

523

</td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2612367"></a>Using the Denemo Classic Mode</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><p>This section describes how to use the original note entry mode to enter music from the keyboard.</p><p>Lets look at <a href="#accidentals" title="Figure�2.�Accidentals">Figure�2, “Accidentals”</a>. We see a c major scale and an arpeggio spread over two octaves. Type the letter 'c', the cursor jumps to the nearest c, (if it is in the wrong octave, type a comma [to go down] , or an apostrophe [to go up]) . We have reached middle c, we could start moving the cursor up note by note using the k key and then down note by note using the k key. A faster method however is to type the letter name of each note and moves the cursor to the exact pitch. This holds true for the notes of a chord or arpeggio, we jump to the note by typing the note name and adjust the octave with the command and apostrophe. This works if within an octave. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>Often you will want to enter notes that jump a large interval. To speed up note entry in such circumstances help Denemo determine the direction by moving one step in that direction using the left or right keys. If you have entered a note on middle c and want to enter a b one octave higher, hit the k key before entering the note. Another solution to big leaps would be to first type an apostrophe or comma to get into the intended octave and only then type the note name.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612414"></a>Rhythm Entry in Classic Mode</h3></div></div></div><p>Now that we have an idea how to move around the staff we are ready to add note values. Note values are entered using the right hand. shows the rhythm entry keys as <span class="acronym">0,1,2,3,4,5,6 </span>. This yields the following: <span class="emphasis"><em>0</em></span>= a whole note, <span class="emphasis"><em>1</em></span> = a half note, <span class="emphasis"><em>2</em></span> = an quarter note,<span class="emphasis"><em>3</em></span>= a eigth note,<span class="emphasis"><em>4</em></span> = a 16th note, <span class="emphasis"><em>5</em></span> = a 32nd note, and <span class="emphasis"><em>6</em></span> = a sixty fourth.

524

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612457"></a>Accidentals in Classic Mode</h3></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a name="accidentals"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure�2.�Accidentals</b></p><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/accidentals.png" align="middle" width="NaN" alt="Accidentals"></div></div><p>Accidentals are added using the plus and minus keys on the keyboard. Double sharps and flats are added with additional pluses and minuses as needed in any particular key signature.</p><p><a href="#accidentals" title="Figure�2.�Accidentals">Figure�2, “Accidentals”</a> shows a chromatic scale starting on middle C and ending on middle C. To add accidentals while typing new notes do the following:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>Enter a middle C eighth note (type c and then the keybinding of the rhythmic value, if you need to adjust the octave use the command and apostrophe)</p></li><li><p>Enter another middle C eighth note, this time type the plus sign<span><strong class="command"> (+)</strong></span> immediately afterwards, a C sharp appears</p></li><li><p>Enter a D eighth note (type d followed by its rhythmic keybinding)</p></li><li><p>Enter a D sharp eighth note (type d and its rhythmic keybinding and then +)</p></li><li><p>Continue adding notes until you have an exact copy of the first two measures of <a href="#accidentals" title="Figure�2.�Accidentals">Figure�2, “Accidentals”</a>.</p></li><li><p>To add flats enter the b eighth note in measure 3 then type a dash <span><strong class="command">(-)</strong></span> a b flat appears.</p></li><li><p>Continue adding flats until you have and exact copy of measures three and four.</p></li></ol></div><p>To add accidentals to existing notation do the following:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>Navigate to the note you want to alter using the arrow keys (or your custom keybindings). </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>You don't have to be on the exact pitch to add an accidental but make sure to be on the note you want to alter.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li><p>Type a <span><strong class="command">+</strong></span> to alter the pitch up a half step and a <span><strong class="command">-</strong></span> to alter the pitch down a half step.

483

525

484

526

485

527

Next move the cursor to the next chord tone using the letter name for each note or the up and down keys, hit enter to add the note. To make chord entry easier there is a key binding also for the left hand (Ctrl t)as well. Type Enter to toggle chord tones on and off. This add tones or converts rests to a chord tones. Shift Enter removes tones and switches them to rests.</p><div class="figure"><a name="chords"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure�3.�Chords</b></p><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/fig3.png" align="middle" width="NaN" alt="Chords"></div></div><p><a href="#chords" title="Figure�3.�Chords">Figure�3, “Chords”</a> three contains a series of chords. To enter chords:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> Create a new file and save it to a convient location.</p></li><li><p> Navigate to the E above middle C. (type the alphabetical note names or the arrow keys).</p></li><li><p>Type an<span><strong class="command"> a </strong></span> and <span><strong class="command">1</strong></span>, a half note g appears.</p></li><li><p> Move the cursor to the<span><strong class="command"> g</strong></span> one line above and type <span><strong class="command">Enter</strong></span>.</p></li></ol></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>To alter chord tones chromatically, type the plus sign to sharpen the note at the cursor by one half-step and the minus sign to flatten the current note by a half step in the same manner you sharpen or flatten any pitch in Denemo</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p> Entering a chord when you are already at the end of the measure

486

528

(the cursor turns red when this happens) may cause your next note

487

529

to be added to the beginning of the next measure, or even

488

create a next measure if one didn't already exist.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732257"></a>Note and Rest Entry Toolbar</h3></div></div></div><p>This toolbar can be used to enter notes using the mouse. It also shows what the prevailing duration is, that is what duration of note will be inserted when you press a note name key.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732273"></a>Chord Entry</h3></div></div></div><p>The standard keybinding for entering notes in a chord is the Enter (aka Return) key. This enters the note at the cursor position making a chord out of the current note/chord. This works in Edit and Insert mode. In Classic mode it works on preceding note as you are appending notes.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732295"></a>Inserting LilyPond Directives</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="productname">Denemo</span> allow you to insert LilyPond directives between notes, prefixing and postfixing the individual notes of a chord or the whole chord itself and at the start of each staff in a score and at the start of each score. This means that the score can be tailored to a great extent without ever resorting to editing LilyPond files themselves. (Re-loading from an edited LilyPond file is generally unsuccessful).

530

create a next measure if one didn't already exist.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612696"></a>Note and Rest Entry Toolbar</h3></div></div></div><p>This toolbar can be used to enter notes using the mouse. It also shows what the prevailing duration is, that is what duration of note will be inserted when you press a note name key.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612711"></a>Chord Entry</h3></div></div></div><p>The standard keybinding for entering notes in a chord is the Enter (aka Return) key. This enters the note at the cursor position making a chord out of the current note/chord. This works in Edit and Insert mode. In Classic mode it works on preceding note as you are appending notes.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><p></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612733"></a>Inserting LilyPond Directives</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="productname">Denemo</span> allow you to insert LilyPond directives between notes, prefixing and postfixing the individual notes of a chord or the whole chord itself and at the start of each staff in a score and at the start of each score. This means that the score can be tailored to a great extent without ever resorting to editing LilyPond files themselves. (Re-loading from an edited LilyPond file is generally unsuccessful). These LilyPond directives are now just a special case of DenemoDirectives - see discussion elsewhere.

489

531

</p><p>

490

532

To put a LilyPond directive on an individual note of a chord, put the cursor on that note and invoke

491

533

</p><li>

498

540

Such a LilyPond insert can be locked, which means you will be warned if you try to delete it while you are deleting notes.

499

541

</p><p>

500

542

When you have inserted a LilyPond directive a green bar is printed at that point below the staff. In addition if you specify some display text it will be shown. If the LilyPond inserted is text to be printed above staff the notation ^text can be used. Denemo will show this text above the staff. Likewise, _text will cause text to be printed under the staff. If you wish to annotate your music use %text, which Denemo will print, but LilyPond will not (a newline character is automatically inserted for you to ensure this happens). LilyPond attached to chords or notes shows the display text only. The status bar also shows some of the information.

501

</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="playing"></a>Score Playback</h2></div></div></div><p></p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="midi"></a>Midi</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p><b>Midi playback.�</b>

502

Denemo uses external midi player to play back your score. You can choose which program to use as follows. Go to the Playback menu and choosePlayback Properties and Externals tab. In the External Midi Player text box enter the name of your midi player. When you click on the Play item of the toobar the current movement is played starting from the measure with the cursor in it. If there is a selection then the measures containing the selection are played, otherwise play continues until you click stop or the movement ends.

503

504

While playing, the music scrolls automatically so that you can watch and either bookmark or stop the music if you hear something you want to re-visit. You can make corrections to the synchronism by using the measure forwards or backwards keypresses (usually bound to Ctrl right/left arrow). This automatic scrolling is turned off if you explicitly set the range of measures in the Playback->Playback Properties dialog</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="csound"></a>Csound</h3></div></div></div><p>In addition to permitting midi playback, Denemo permits playback using csound. Denemo will play your file with a .orc file. In the playback properties make sure the command: <span><strong class="command"> csound -d -W</strong></span> is set. Next use the navigation box to choose your .orc file. Denemo will soon come with a few demo .orc files which you will find in XXX. The csound module of Denemo is currently under construction. It is not tested for this release.

505

</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2732430"></a>Publishing</h2></div></div></div><p>Creating paper scores with <span class="productname">Denemo</span> is done via an intermediate PDF file. <span class="productname">Denemo</span> takes care of this for you, provided you have set the name of a PDF view in the Preferences. Once this is done click on Print Preview, or Print Part, wait for LilyPond to typeset your score the PDF viewer will pop-up, and you can print using the facilities of that program.

506

507

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2732463"></a>Advanced Features</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="editing"></a>Editing</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo has a variety of features to speed editing. To ease correction of notes us Edit Mode. You can position the cursor on any note in a chord and change its pitch, accidental, octave using the keypresses assigned to the standard actions.

508

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732485"></a>Musical Score that Do Things!</h3></div></div></div><p>

543

</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2612791"></a>Publishing</h2></div></div></div><p>Creating paper scores with <span class="productname">Denemo</span> is done via an intermediate PDF file. <span class="productname">Denemo</span> takes care of this for you, provided you have set the name of a PDF view in the Preferences. Once this is done click on Print Preview, or Print Part, wait for LilyPond to typeset your score the PDF viewer will pop-up, and you can print using the facilities of that program.

544

545

</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2612824"></a>Advanced Features</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="editing"></a>Editing</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo has a variety of features to speed editing. To ease correction of notes use Edit Mode. You can position the cursor on any note in a chord and change its pitch, accidental, octave using the keypresses assigned to the standard actions.

546

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612846"></a>Musical Score that Do Things!</h3></div></div></div><p>

509

547

By saving a Denemo score with a script defined (in the script window) you can create music lessons, automatic midi player ... the possibilities are (literally) endless. When you open such a score, the script is run - it can take user input and manipulate the score, or do other actions as your fancy takes you.

510

548

</p><p><a name="initDotDenemo"></a>

511

There is a special score init.denemo that is run on startup. By editing this you can startup with whatever template and whatever actions you wish to be performed. If you set it to do something that quits Denemo, you may need to delete the file before using Denemo normally again. Your local init.denemo is stored in the directory .denemo/actions in your home directory.To create it put the script you want in the script window and use SaveAs selecting ~/.denemo/actions/init.denemo as your file to save to.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732517"></a>Piano Staffs, Orchestral Scores etc</h3></div></div></div><p>

549

There is a special score init.denemo that is run on startup. By editing this you can startup with whatever template and whatever actions you wish to be performed. If you set it to do something that quits Denemo, you may need to delete the file before using Denemo normally again. Your local init.denemo is stored in the directory .denemo/actions in your home directory.To create it put the script you want in the script window and use SaveAs selecting ~/.denemo/actions/init.denemo as your file to save to.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612878"></a>Piano Staffs, Orchestral Scores etc</h3></div></div></div><p>

512

550

Piano staffs, and staff groups can be created using the context field of the score->properties dialog. You can set a piano staff within a staff group by setting successively the StartPiano and StartGroup contexts on a single staff, or more generally setting StartPiano, EndPiano on adjacent staffs within a staff group.

513

551

514

552

It is possible to set silly combinations – some will not print anything. Check that you have a Start and End staff for each type and that they are not miss-matched.

515

553

</td></tr></table></div><p>

516

554

517

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732544"></a>Single Staff Polyphony</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>Denemo permits the use of mutiple staves for part work, as well as

555

</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2612905"></a>Single Staff Polyphony</h3></div></div></div><p></p><p>Denemo permits the use of mutiple staves for part work, as well as

518

556

enabling multiple voices on a single staff. To add voices to the current

519

557

staff do the following:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Go to the measure(s) where you want to add the second

520

558

voice</p></li><li><p>Use <span class="guimenuitem">Add Voice to Current Staff item</span>.Then open the staff properties. This

531

569

would normally see section x.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png"></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top"><p>If you choose not to enter rests in null mode the visual

532

570

output will be the same but these notes will be heard during

533

571

midi playback of your score.</p></td></tr></table></div></li><li><p>To leave the new voice and return to the previous one

534

type</p></li></ol></div><p>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732664"></a>Entering Vocal Music</h3></div></div></div><p>Choose Lyrics->Add Verse. You need to have the Lyrics View visible (see View menu). Each verse has a separate tab, with the current verse for the current staff being visible at any one time. Use -- to extend syllables over more notes (see LilyPond documentation).</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732679"></a>Entering Figured Bass</h3></div></div></div><p>To enter figures choose Other->Insert/Enter figured bass. There are some shortcuts that enable all the work to be done with the numeric keypad. A brief summary is given by right clicking the option. The conventions are described in the LilyPond docs.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2732693"></a>Entering Chord Symbols</h3></div></div></div><p>To enter chord symbols choose Other->Insert/Enter chord symbols. A brief summary is given by right clicking the option. The conventions are described in the LilyPond docs.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2732707"></a><span class="productname">Denemo</span> Command Line Options</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="productname">Denemo</span> --help shows the options for opening particular files at startup.</p></div></div></body></html>

572

type</p></li></ol></div><p>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2613025"></a>Entering Vocal Music</h3></div></div></div><p>Choose Lyrics->Add Verse. You need to have the Lyrics View visible (see View menu). Each verse has a separate tab, with the current verse for the current staff being visible at any one time. Use -- to extend syllables over more notes (see LilyPond documentation).</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2613039"></a>Entering Figured Bass</h3></div></div></div><p>To enter figures choose Other->Insert/Enter figured bass. There are some shortcuts that enable all the work to be done with the numeric keypad. A brief summary is given by right clicking the option. The conventions are described in the LilyPond docs.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2613054"></a>Entering Chord Symbols</h3></div></div></div><p>To enter chord symbols choose Other->Insert/Enter chord symbols. A brief summary is given by right clicking the option. The conventions are described in the LilyPond docs.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2613068"></a><span class="productname">Denemo</span> Command Line Options</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="productname">Denemo</span> --help shows the options for opening particular files at startup.</p></div></div></body></html>

Older »